/*------------------------------------------------------------------------- * * tablecmds.c * Commands for creating and altering table structures and settings * * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2021, PostgreSQL Global Development Group * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California * * * IDENTIFICATION * src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c * *------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #include "postgres.h" #include "access/attmap.h" #include "access/genam.h" #include "access/heapam.h" #include "access/heapam_xlog.h" #include "access/multixact.h" #include "access/reloptions.h" #include "access/relscan.h" #include "access/sysattr.h" #include "access/tableam.h" #include "access/toast_compression.h" #include "access/xact.h" #include "access/xlog.h" #include "catalog/catalog.h" #include "catalog/heap.h" #include "catalog/index.h" #include "catalog/namespace.h" #include "catalog/objectaccess.h" #include "catalog/partition.h" #include "catalog/pg_am.h" #include "catalog/pg_collation.h" #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h" #include "catalog/pg_depend.h" #include "catalog/pg_foreign_table.h" #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h" #include "catalog/pg_namespace.h" #include "catalog/pg_opclass.h" #include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h" #include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h" #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h" #include "catalog/pg_type.h" #include "catalog/storage.h" #include "catalog/storage_xlog.h" #include "catalog/toasting.h" #include "commands/cluster.h" #include "commands/comment.h" #include "commands/defrem.h" #include "commands/event_trigger.h" #include "commands/policy.h" #include "commands/sequence.h" #include "commands/tablecmds.h" #include "commands/tablespace.h" #include "commands/trigger.h" #include "commands/typecmds.h" #include "commands/user.h" #include "executor/executor.h" #include "foreign/fdwapi.h" #include "foreign/foreign.h" #include "miscadmin.h" #include "nodes/makefuncs.h" #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h" #include "nodes/parsenodes.h" #include "optimizer/optimizer.h" #include "parser/parse_clause.h" #include "parser/parse_coerce.h" #include "parser/parse_collate.h" #include "parser/parse_expr.h" #include "parser/parse_oper.h" #include "parser/parse_relation.h" #include "parser/parse_type.h" #include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h" #include "parser/parser.h" #include "partitioning/partbounds.h" #include "partitioning/partdesc.h" #include "pgstat.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteDefine.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h" #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h" #include "storage/bufmgr.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" #include "storage/lock.h" #include "storage/predicate.h" #include "storage/smgr.h" #include "tcop/utility.h" #include "utils/acl.h" #include "utils/builtins.h" #include "utils/fmgroids.h" #include "utils/inval.h" #include "utils/lsyscache.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/partcache.h" #include "utils/relcache.h" #include "utils/ruleutils.h" #include "utils/snapmgr.h" #include "utils/syscache.h" #include "utils/timestamp.h" #include "utils/typcache.h" /* * ON COMMIT action list */ typedef struct OnCommitItem { Oid relid; /* relid of relation */ OnCommitAction oncommit; /* what to do at end of xact */ /* * If this entry was created during the current transaction, * creating_subid is the ID of the creating subxact; if created in a prior * transaction, creating_subid is zero. If deleted during the current * transaction, deleting_subid is the ID of the deleting subxact; if no * deletion request is pending, deleting_subid is zero. */ SubTransactionId creating_subid; SubTransactionId deleting_subid; } OnCommitItem; static List *on_commits = NIL; /* * State information for ALTER TABLE * * The pending-work queue for an ALTER TABLE is a List of AlteredTableInfo * structs, one for each table modified by the operation (the named table * plus any child tables that are affected). We save lists of subcommands * to apply to this table (possibly modified by parse transformation steps); * these lists will be executed in Phase 2. If a Phase 3 step is needed, * necessary information is stored in the constraints and newvals lists. * * Phase 2 is divided into multiple passes; subcommands are executed in * a pass determined by subcommand type. */ #define AT_PASS_UNSET -1 /* UNSET will cause ERROR */ #define AT_PASS_DROP 0 /* DROP (all flavors) */ #define AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE 1 /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */ #define AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX 2 /* re-add existing indexes */ #define AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR 3 /* re-add existing constraints */ /* We could support a RENAME COLUMN pass here, but not currently used */ #define AT_PASS_ADD_COL 4 /* ADD COLUMN */ #define AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR 5 /* ADD constraints (initial examination) */ #define AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS 6 /* set column attributes, eg NOT NULL */ #define AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR 7 /* ADD index-based constraints */ #define AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX 8 /* ADD indexes */ #define AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR 9 /* ADD other constraints, defaults */ #define AT_PASS_MISC 10 /* other stuff */ #define AT_NUM_PASSES 11 typedef struct AlteredTableInfo { /* Information saved before any work commences: */ Oid relid; /* Relation to work on */ char relkind; /* Its relkind */ TupleDesc oldDesc; /* Pre-modification tuple descriptor */ /* * Transiently set during Phase 2, normally set to NULL. * * ATRewriteCatalogs sets this when it starts, and closes when ATExecCmd * returns control. This can be exploited by ATExecCmd subroutines to * close/reopen across transaction boundaries. */ Relation rel; /* Information saved by Phase 1 for Phase 2: */ List *subcmds[AT_NUM_PASSES]; /* Lists of AlterTableCmd */ /* Information saved by Phases 1/2 for Phase 3: */ List *constraints; /* List of NewConstraint */ List *newvals; /* List of NewColumnValue */ List *afterStmts; /* List of utility command parsetrees */ bool verify_new_notnull; /* T if we should recheck NOT NULL */ int rewrite; /* Reason for forced rewrite, if any */ Oid newTableSpace; /* new tablespace; 0 means no change */ bool chgPersistence; /* T if SET LOGGED/UNLOGGED is used */ char newrelpersistence; /* if above is true */ Expr *partition_constraint; /* for attach partition validation */ /* true, if validating default due to some other attach/detach */ bool validate_default; /* Objects to rebuild after completing ALTER TYPE operations */ List *changedConstraintOids; /* OIDs of constraints to rebuild */ List *changedConstraintDefs; /* string definitions of same */ List *changedIndexOids; /* OIDs of indexes to rebuild */ List *changedIndexDefs; /* string definitions of same */ char *replicaIdentityIndex; /* index to reset as REPLICA IDENTITY */ char *clusterOnIndex; /* index to use for CLUSTER */ List *changedStatisticsOids; /* OIDs of statistics to rebuild */ List *changedStatisticsDefs; /* string definitions of same */ } AlteredTableInfo; /* Struct describing one new constraint to check in Phase 3 scan */ /* Note: new NOT NULL constraints are handled elsewhere */ typedef struct NewConstraint { char *name; /* Constraint name, or NULL if none */ ConstrType contype; /* CHECK or FOREIGN */ Oid refrelid; /* PK rel, if FOREIGN */ Oid refindid; /* OID of PK's index, if FOREIGN */ Oid conid; /* OID of pg_constraint entry, if FOREIGN */ Node *qual; /* Check expr or CONSTR_FOREIGN Constraint */ ExprState *qualstate; /* Execution state for CHECK expr */ } NewConstraint; /* * Struct describing one new column value that needs to be computed during * Phase 3 copy (this could be either a new column with a non-null default, or * a column that we're changing the type of). Columns without such an entry * are just copied from the old table during ATRewriteTable. Note that the * expr is an expression over *old* table values, except when is_generated * is true; then it is an expression over columns of the *new* tuple. */ typedef struct NewColumnValue { AttrNumber attnum; /* which column */ Expr *expr; /* expression to compute */ ExprState *exprstate; /* execution state */ bool is_generated; /* is it a GENERATED expression? */ } NewColumnValue; /* * Error-reporting support for RemoveRelations */ struct dropmsgstrings { char kind; int nonexistent_code; const char *nonexistent_msg; const char *skipping_msg; const char *nota_msg; const char *drophint_msg; }; static const struct dropmsgstrings dropmsgstringarray[] = { {RELKIND_RELATION, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"), gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.")}, {RELKIND_SEQUENCE, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a sequence"), gettext_noop("Use DROP SEQUENCE to remove a sequence.")}, {RELKIND_VIEW, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a view"), gettext_noop("Use DROP VIEW to remove a view.")}, {RELKIND_MATVIEW, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, gettext_noop("materialized view \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("materialized view \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a materialized view"), gettext_noop("Use DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW to remove a materialized view.")}, {RELKIND_INDEX, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT, gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"), gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.")}, {RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT, gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a type"), gettext_noop("Use DROP TYPE to remove a type.")}, {RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT, gettext_noop("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a foreign table"), gettext_noop("Use DROP FOREIGN TABLE to remove a foreign table.")}, {RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE, gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"), gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.")}, {RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX, ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT, gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"), gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"), gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"), gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.")}, {'\0', 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL} }; /* communication between RemoveRelations and RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation */ struct DropRelationCallbackState { /* These fields are set by RemoveRelations: */ char expected_relkind; LOCKMODE heap_lockmode; /* These fields are state to track which subsidiary locks are held: */ Oid heapOid; Oid partParentOid; /* These fields are passed back by RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation: */ char actual_relkind; char actual_relpersistence; }; /* Alter table target-type flags for ATSimplePermissions */ #define ATT_TABLE 0x0001 #define ATT_VIEW 0x0002 #define ATT_MATVIEW 0x0004 #define ATT_INDEX 0x0008 #define ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE 0x0010 #define ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE 0x0020 #define ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX 0x0040 /* * ForeignTruncateInfo * * Information related to truncation of foreign tables. This is used for * the elements in a hash table. It uses the server OID as lookup key, * and includes a per-server list of all foreign tables involved in the * truncation. */ typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo { Oid serverid; List *rels; } ForeignTruncateInfo; /* * Partition tables are expected to be dropped when the parent partitioned * table gets dropped. Hence for partitioning we use AUTO dependency. * Otherwise, for regular inheritance use NORMAL dependency. */ #define child_dependency_type(child_is_partition) \ ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL) static void truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple); static void truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple); static void truncate_check_activity(Relation rel); static void RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg); static List *MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr); static bool MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, char *name, Node *expr); static void MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel); static void MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel); static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition); static void StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition); static int findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, List *schema); static void AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved); static void AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterConstraint(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); static bool ATExecAlterConstrRecurse(Constraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids); static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *opclasses); static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, Oid *opclasses); static void checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts); static CoercionPathType findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid); static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid); static void ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static AlterTableCmd *ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap, LOCKMODE lockmode); static AlteredTableInfo *ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel); static void ATSimplePermissions(Relation rel, int allowed_targets); static void ATWrongRelkindError(Relation rel, int allowed_targets); static void ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static List *find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior); static void ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static bool check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists); static void add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid); static void add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid); static void ATPrepDropNotNull(Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing); static ObjectAddress ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPrepSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetNotNull(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecCheckNotNull(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode); static bool NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr); static bool ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint); static ObjectAddress ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static ObjectAddress ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode); static char *ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATAddCheckConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress addFkRecurseReferenced(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, bool old_check_ok); static void addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel); static void CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel); static void CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel); static void createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid); static void createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation rel, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid); static bool tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Oid partRelid, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop); static void ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static bool ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno); static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab); static void RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab); static void RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab); static void ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite); static void RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, int pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname); static void TryReuseIndex(Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt); static void TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con); static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId); static void change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode); static bool ATPrepChangePersistence(Relation rel, bool toLogged); static void ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace); static void ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATPrepAddInherit(Relation child_rel); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode); static ObjectAddress ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype); static ObjectAddress ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecDropOf(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options); static void ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls); static void ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls); static ObjectAddress ATExecSetCompression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode); static void index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileNode newrnode); static const char *storage_name(char c); static void RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg); static void RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg); static PartitionSpec *transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec, char *strategy); static void ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, char strategy); static void CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel); static void RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool allow_detached); static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context); static void AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(Relation rel, Relation attachrel); static void QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default); static void CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition); static void DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(List **wqueue, Relation partRel); static void DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId); static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent); static void DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid); static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name); static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation rel, RangeVar *name); static void validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl); static void refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl); static List *GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition); static void ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition); static char GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, char *compression); /* ---------------------------------------------------------------- * DefineRelation * Creates a new relation. * * stmt carries parsetree information from an ordinary CREATE TABLE statement. * The other arguments are used to extend the behavior for other cases: * relkind: relkind to assign to the new relation * ownerId: if not InvalidOid, use this as the new relation's owner. * typaddress: if not null, it's set to the pg_type entry's address. * queryString: for error reporting * * Note that permissions checks are done against current user regardless of * ownerId. A nonzero ownerId is used when someone is creating a relation * "on behalf of" someone else, so we still want to see that the current user * has permissions to do it. * * If successful, returns the address of the new relation. * ---------------------------------------------------------------- */ ObjectAddress DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind, Oid ownerId, ObjectAddress *typaddress, const char *queryString) { char relname[NAMEDATALEN]; Oid namespaceId; Oid relationId; Oid tablespaceId; Relation rel; TupleDesc descriptor; List *inheritOids; List *old_constraints; List *rawDefaults; List *cookedDefaults; Datum reloptions; ListCell *listptr; AttrNumber attnum; bool partitioned; static char *validnsps[] = HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES; Oid ofTypeId; ObjectAddress address; LOCKMODE parentLockmode; const char *accessMethod = NULL; Oid accessMethodId = InvalidOid; /* * Truncate relname to appropriate length (probably a waste of time, as * parser should have done this already). */ strlcpy(relname, stmt->relation->relname, NAMEDATALEN); /* * Check consistency of arguments */ if (stmt->oncommit != ONCOMMIT_NOOP && stmt->relation->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("ON COMMIT can only be used on temporary tables"))); if (stmt->partspec != NULL) { if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION) elog(ERROR, "unexpected relkind: %d", (int) relkind); relkind = RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE; partitioned = true; } else partitioned = false; /* * Look up the namespace in which we are supposed to create the relation, * check we have permission to create there, lock it against concurrent * drop, and mark stmt->relation as RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP if a temporary * namespace is selected. */ namespaceId = RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(stmt->relation, NoLock, NULL); /* * Security check: disallow creating temp tables from security-restricted * code. This is needed because calling code might not expect untrusted * tables to appear in pg_temp at the front of its search path. */ if (stmt->relation->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && InSecurityRestrictedOperation()) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("cannot create temporary table within security-restricted operation"))); /* * Determine the lockmode to use when scanning parents. A self-exclusive * lock is needed here. * * For regular inheritance, if two backends attempt to add children to the * same parent simultaneously, and that parent has no pre-existing * children, then both will attempt to update the parent's relhassubclass * field, leading to a "tuple concurrently updated" error. Also, this * interlocks against a concurrent ANALYZE on the parent table, which * might otherwise be attempting to clear the parent's relhassubclass * field, if its previous children were recently dropped. * * If the child table is a partition, then we instead grab an exclusive * lock on the parent because its partition descriptor will be changed by * addition of the new partition. */ parentLockmode = (stmt->partbound != NULL ? AccessExclusiveLock : ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); /* Determine the list of OIDs of the parents. */ inheritOids = NIL; foreach(listptr, stmt->inhRelations) { RangeVar *rv = (RangeVar *) lfirst(listptr); Oid parentOid; parentOid = RangeVarGetRelid(rv, parentLockmode, false); /* * Reject duplications in the list of parents. */ if (list_member_oid(inheritOids, parentOid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" would be inherited from more than once", get_rel_name(parentOid)))); inheritOids = lappend_oid(inheritOids, parentOid); } /* * Select tablespace to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case * of a partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one. */ if (stmt->tablespacename) { tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->tablespacename, false); if (partitioned && tablespaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot specify default tablespace for partitioned relations"))); } else if (stmt->partbound) { /* * For partitions, when no other tablespace is specified, we default * the tablespace to the parent partitioned table's. */ Assert(list_length(inheritOids) == 1); tablespaceId = get_rel_tablespace(linitial_oid(inheritOids)); } else tablespaceId = InvalidOid; /* still nothing? use the default */ if (!OidIsValid(tablespaceId)) tablespaceId = GetDefaultTablespace(stmt->relation->relpersistence, partitioned); /* Check permissions except when using database's default */ if (OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace) { AclResult aclresult; aclresult = pg_tablespace_aclcheck(tablespaceId, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId)); } /* In all cases disallow placing user relations in pg_global */ if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace"))); /* Identify user ID that will own the table */ if (!OidIsValid(ownerId)) ownerId = GetUserId(); /* * Parse and validate reloptions, if any. */ reloptions = transformRelOptions((Datum) 0, stmt->options, NULL, validnsps, true, false); switch (relkind) { case RELKIND_VIEW: (void) view_reloptions(reloptions, true); break; case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE: (void) partitioned_table_reloptions(reloptions, true); break; default: (void) heap_reloptions(relkind, reloptions, true); } if (stmt->ofTypename) { AclResult aclresult; ofTypeId = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->ofTypename); aclresult = pg_type_aclcheck(ofTypeId, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, ofTypeId); } else ofTypeId = InvalidOid; /* * Look up inheritance ancestors and generate relation schema, including * inherited attributes. (Note that stmt->tableElts is destructively * modified by MergeAttributes.) */ stmt->tableElts = MergeAttributes(stmt->tableElts, inheritOids, stmt->relation->relpersistence, stmt->partbound != NULL, &old_constraints); /* * Create a tuple descriptor from the relation schema. Note that this * deals with column names, types, and NOT NULL constraints, but not * default values or CHECK constraints; we handle those below. */ descriptor = BuildDescForRelation(stmt->tableElts); /* * Find columns with default values and prepare for insertion of the * defaults. Pre-cooked (that is, inherited) defaults go into a list of * CookedConstraint structs that we'll pass to heap_create_with_catalog, * while raw defaults go into a list of RawColumnDefault structs that will * be processed by AddRelationNewConstraints. (We can't deal with raw * expressions until we can do transformExpr.) * * We can set the atthasdef flags now in the tuple descriptor; this just * saves StoreAttrDefault from having to do an immediate update of the * pg_attribute rows. */ rawDefaults = NIL; cookedDefaults = NIL; attnum = 0; foreach(listptr, stmt->tableElts) { ColumnDef *colDef = lfirst(listptr); Form_pg_attribute attr; attnum++; attr = TupleDescAttr(descriptor, attnum - 1); if (colDef->raw_default != NULL) { RawColumnDefault *rawEnt; Assert(colDef->cooked_default == NULL); rawEnt = (RawColumnDefault *) palloc(sizeof(RawColumnDefault)); rawEnt->attnum = attnum; rawEnt->raw_default = colDef->raw_default; rawEnt->missingMode = false; rawEnt->generated = colDef->generated; rawDefaults = lappend(rawDefaults, rawEnt); attr->atthasdef = true; } else if (colDef->cooked_default != NULL) { CookedConstraint *cooked; cooked = (CookedConstraint *) palloc(sizeof(CookedConstraint)); cooked->contype = CONSTR_DEFAULT; cooked->conoid = InvalidOid; /* until created */ cooked->name = NULL; cooked->attnum = attnum; cooked->expr = colDef->cooked_default; cooked->skip_validation = false; cooked->is_local = true; /* not used for defaults */ cooked->inhcount = 0; /* ditto */ cooked->is_no_inherit = false; cookedDefaults = lappend(cookedDefaults, cooked); attr->atthasdef = true; } if (colDef->identity) attr->attidentity = colDef->identity; if (colDef->generated) attr->attgenerated = colDef->generated; if (colDef->compression) attr->attcompression = GetAttributeCompression(attr->atttypid, colDef->compression); } /* * If the statement hasn't specified an access method, but we're defining * a type of relation that needs one, use the default. */ if (stmt->accessMethod != NULL) { accessMethod = stmt->accessMethod; if (partitioned) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("specifying a table access method is not supported on a partitioned table"))); } else if (relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE || relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW) accessMethod = default_table_access_method; /* look up the access method, verify it is for a table */ if (accessMethod != NULL) accessMethodId = get_table_am_oid(accessMethod, false); /* * Create the relation. Inherited defaults and constraints are passed in * for immediate handling --- since they don't need parsing, they can be * stored immediately. */ relationId = heap_create_with_catalog(relname, namespaceId, tablespaceId, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, ofTypeId, ownerId, accessMethodId, descriptor, list_concat(cookedDefaults, old_constraints), relkind, stmt->relation->relpersistence, false, false, stmt->oncommit, reloptions, true, allowSystemTableMods, false, InvalidOid, typaddress); /* * We must bump the command counter to make the newly-created relation * tuple visible for opening. */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * Open the new relation and acquire exclusive lock on it. This isn't * really necessary for locking out other backends (since they can't see * the new rel anyway until we commit), but it keeps the lock manager from * complaining about deadlock risks. */ rel = relation_open(relationId, AccessExclusiveLock); /* * Now add any newly specified column default and generation expressions * to the new relation. These are passed to us in the form of raw * parsetrees; we need to transform them to executable expression trees * before they can be added. The most convenient way to do that is to * apply the parser's transformExpr routine, but transformExpr doesn't * work unless we have a pre-existing relation. So, the transformation has * to be postponed to this final step of CREATE TABLE. * * This needs to be before processing the partitioning clauses because * those could refer to generated columns. */ if (rawDefaults) AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, rawDefaults, NIL, true, true, false, queryString); /* * Make column generation expressions visible for use by partitioning. */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* Process and store partition bound, if any. */ if (stmt->partbound) { PartitionBoundSpec *bound; ParseState *pstate; Oid parentId = linitial_oid(inheritOids), defaultPartOid; Relation parent, defaultRel = NULL; ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem; /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */ parent = table_open(parentId, NoLock); /* * We are going to try to validate the partition bound specification * against the partition key of parentRel, so it better have one. */ if (parent->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("\"%s\" is not partitioned", RelationGetRelationName(parent)))); /* * The partition constraint of the default partition depends on the * partition bounds of every other partition. It is possible that * another backend might be about to execute a query on the default * partition table, and that the query relies on previously cached * default partition constraints. We must therefore take a table lock * strong enough to prevent all queries on the default partition from * proceeding until we commit and send out a shared-cache-inval notice * that will make them update their index lists. * * Order of locking: The relation being added won't be visible to * other backends until it is committed, hence here in * DefineRelation() the order of locking the default partition and the * relation being added does not matter. But at all other places we * need to lock the default relation before we lock the relation being * added or removed i.e. we should take the lock in same order at all * the places such that lock parent, lock default partition and then * lock the partition so as to avoid a deadlock. */ defaultPartOid = get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(parent, true)); if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) defaultRel = table_open(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock); /* Transform the bound values */ pstate = make_parsestate(NULL); pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString; /* * Add an nsitem containing this relation, so that transformExpr * called on partition bound expressions is able to report errors * using a proper context. */ nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel, AccessShareLock, NULL, false, false); addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true); bound = transformPartitionBound(pstate, parent, stmt->partbound); /* * Check first that the new partition's bound is valid and does not * overlap with any of existing partitions of the parent. */ check_new_partition_bound(relname, parent, bound, pstate); /* * If the default partition exists, its partition constraints will * change after the addition of this new partition such that it won't * allow any row that qualifies for this new partition. So, check that * the existing data in the default partition satisfies the constraint * as it will exist after adding this partition. */ if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) { check_default_partition_contents(parent, defaultRel, bound); /* Keep the lock until commit. */ table_close(defaultRel, NoLock); } /* Update the pg_class entry. */ StorePartitionBound(rel, parent, bound); table_close(parent, NoLock); } /* Store inheritance information for new rel. */ StoreCatalogInheritance(relationId, inheritOids, stmt->partbound != NULL); /* * Process the partitioning specification (if any) and store the partition * key information into the catalog. */ if (partitioned) { ParseState *pstate; char strategy; int partnatts; AttrNumber partattrs[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS]; Oid partopclass[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS]; Oid partcollation[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS]; List *partexprs = NIL; pstate = make_parsestate(NULL); pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString; partnatts = list_length(stmt->partspec->partParams); /* Protect fixed-size arrays here and in executor */ if (partnatts > PARTITION_MAX_KEYS) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS), errmsg("cannot partition using more than %d columns", PARTITION_MAX_KEYS))); /* * We need to transform the raw parsetrees corresponding to partition * expressions into executable expression trees. Like column defaults * and CHECK constraints, we could not have done the transformation * earlier. */ stmt->partspec = transformPartitionSpec(rel, stmt->partspec, &strategy); ComputePartitionAttrs(pstate, rel, stmt->partspec->partParams, partattrs, &partexprs, partopclass, partcollation, strategy); StorePartitionKey(rel, strategy, partnatts, partattrs, partexprs, partopclass, partcollation); /* make it all visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } /* * If we're creating a partition, create now all the indexes, triggers, * FKs defined in the parent. * * We can't do it earlier, because DefineIndex wants to know the partition * key which we just stored. */ if (stmt->partbound) { Oid parentId = linitial_oid(inheritOids); Relation parent; List *idxlist; ListCell *cell; /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */ parent = table_open(parentId, NoLock); idxlist = RelationGetIndexList(parent); /* * For each index in the parent table, create one in the partition */ foreach(cell, idxlist) { Relation idxRel = index_open(lfirst_oid(cell), AccessShareLock); AttrMap *attmap; IndexStmt *idxstmt; Oid constraintOid; if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) { if (idxRel->rd_index->indisunique) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot create foreign partition of partitioned table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(parent)), errdetail("Table \"%s\" contains indexes that are unique.", RelationGetRelationName(parent)))); else { index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock); continue; } } attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(rel), RelationGetDescr(parent)); idxstmt = generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL, idxRel, attmap, &constraintOid); DefineIndex(RelationGetRelid(rel), idxstmt, InvalidOid, RelationGetRelid(idxRel), constraintOid, false, false, false, false, false); index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock); } list_free(idxlist); /* * If there are any row-level triggers, clone them to the new * partition. */ if (parent->trigdesc != NULL) CloneRowTriggersToPartition(parent, rel); /* * And foreign keys too. Note that because we're freshly creating the * table, there is no need to verify these new constraints. */ CloneForeignKeyConstraints(NULL, parent, rel); table_close(parent, NoLock); } /* * Now add any newly specified CHECK constraints to the new relation. Same * as for defaults above, but these need to come after partitioning is set * up. */ if (stmt->constraints) AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, NIL, stmt->constraints, true, true, false, queryString); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relationId); /* * Clean up. We keep lock on new relation (although it shouldn't be * visible to anyone else anyway, until commit). */ relation_close(rel, NoLock); return address; } /* * Emit the right error or warning message for a "DROP" command issued on a * non-existent relation */ static void DropErrorMsgNonExistent(RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok) { const struct dropmsgstrings *rentry; if (rel->schemaname != NULL && !OidIsValid(LookupNamespaceNoError(rel->schemaname))) { if (!missing_ok) { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA), errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", rel->schemaname))); } else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", rel->schemaname))); } return; } for (rentry = dropmsgstringarray; rentry->kind != '\0'; rentry++) { if (rentry->kind == rightkind) { if (!missing_ok) { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(rentry->nonexistent_code), errmsg(rentry->nonexistent_msg, rel->relname))); } else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg(rentry->skipping_msg, rel->relname))); break; } } } Assert(rentry->kind != '\0'); /* Should be impossible */ } /* * Emit the right error message for a "DROP" command issued on a * relation of the wrong type */ static void DropErrorMsgWrongType(const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind) { const struct dropmsgstrings *rentry; const struct dropmsgstrings *wentry; for (rentry = dropmsgstringarray; rentry->kind != '\0'; rentry++) if (rentry->kind == rightkind) break; Assert(rentry->kind != '\0'); for (wentry = dropmsgstringarray; wentry->kind != '\0'; wentry++) if (wentry->kind == wrongkind) break; /* wrongkind could be something we don't have in our table... */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg(rentry->nota_msg, relname), (wentry->kind != '\0') ? errhint("%s", _(wentry->drophint_msg)) : 0)); } /* * RemoveRelations * Implements DROP TABLE, DROP INDEX, DROP SEQUENCE, DROP VIEW, * DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP FOREIGN TABLE */ void RemoveRelations(DropStmt *drop) { ObjectAddresses *objects; char relkind; ListCell *cell; int flags = 0; LOCKMODE lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; /* DROP CONCURRENTLY uses a weaker lock, and has some restrictions */ if (drop->concurrent) { /* * Note that for temporary relations this lock may get upgraded later * on, but as no other session can access a temporary relation, this * is actually fine. */ lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; Assert(drop->removeType == OBJECT_INDEX); if (list_length(drop->objects) != 1) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY does not support dropping multiple objects"))); if (drop->behavior == DROP_CASCADE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY does not support CASCADE"))); } /* * First we identify all the relations, then we delete them in a single * performMultipleDeletions() call. This is to avoid unwanted DROP * RESTRICT errors if one of the relations depends on another. */ /* Determine required relkind */ switch (drop->removeType) { case OBJECT_TABLE: relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; break; case OBJECT_INDEX: relkind = RELKIND_INDEX; break; case OBJECT_SEQUENCE: relkind = RELKIND_SEQUENCE; break; case OBJECT_VIEW: relkind = RELKIND_VIEW; break; case OBJECT_MATVIEW: relkind = RELKIND_MATVIEW; break; case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE: relkind = RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE; break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized drop object type: %d", (int) drop->removeType); relkind = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ break; } /* Lock and validate each relation; build a list of object addresses */ objects = new_object_addresses(); foreach(cell, drop->objects) { RangeVar *rel = makeRangeVarFromNameList((List *) lfirst(cell)); Oid relOid; ObjectAddress obj; struct DropRelationCallbackState state; /* * These next few steps are a great deal like relation_openrv, but we * don't bother building a relcache entry since we don't need it. * * Check for shared-cache-inval messages before trying to access the * relation. This is needed to cover the case where the name * identifies a rel that has been dropped and recreated since the * start of our transaction: if we don't flush the old syscache entry, * then we'll latch onto that entry and suffer an error later. */ AcceptInvalidationMessages(); /* Look up the appropriate relation using namespace search. */ state.expected_relkind = relkind; state.heap_lockmode = drop->concurrent ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock; /* We must initialize these fields to show that no locks are held: */ state.heapOid = InvalidOid; state.partParentOid = InvalidOid; relOid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rel, lockmode, RVR_MISSING_OK, RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation, (void *) &state); /* Not there? */ if (!OidIsValid(relOid)) { DropErrorMsgNonExistent(rel, relkind, drop->missing_ok); continue; } /* * Decide if concurrent mode needs to be used here or not. The * callback retrieved the rel's persistence for us. */ if (drop->concurrent && state.actual_relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) { Assert(list_length(drop->objects) == 1 && drop->removeType == OBJECT_INDEX); flags |= PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY; } /* * Concurrent index drop cannot be used with partitioned indexes, * either. */ if ((flags & PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY) != 0 && state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot drop partitioned index \"%s\" concurrently", rel->relname))); /* * If we're told to drop a partitioned index, we must acquire lock on * all the children of its parent partitioned table before proceeding. * Otherwise we'd try to lock the child index partitions before their * tables, leading to potential deadlock against other sessions that * will lock those objects in the other order. */ if (state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) (void) find_all_inheritors(state.heapOid, state.heap_lockmode, NULL); /* OK, we're ready to delete this one */ obj.classId = RelationRelationId; obj.objectId = relOid; obj.objectSubId = 0; add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects); } performMultipleDeletions(objects, drop->behavior, flags); free_object_addresses(objects); } /* * Before acquiring a table lock, check whether we have sufficient rights. * In the case of DROP INDEX, also try to lock the table before the index. * Also, if the table to be dropped is a partition, we try to lock the parent * first. */ static void RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) { HeapTuple tuple; struct DropRelationCallbackState *state; char expected_relkind; bool is_partition; Form_pg_class classform; LOCKMODE heap_lockmode; bool invalid_system_index = false; state = (struct DropRelationCallbackState *) arg; heap_lockmode = state->heap_lockmode; /* * If we previously locked some other index's heap, and the name we're * looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the now-useless * lock. */ if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->heapOid)) { UnlockRelationOid(state->heapOid, heap_lockmode); state->heapOid = InvalidOid; } /* * Similarly, if we previously locked some other partition's heap, and the * name we're looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the * now-useless lock. */ if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->partParentOid)) { UnlockRelationOid(state->partParentOid, AccessExclusiveLock); state->partParentOid = InvalidOid; } /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */ if (!OidIsValid(relOid)) return; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */ classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); is_partition = classform->relispartition; /* Pass back some data to save lookups in RemoveRelations */ state->actual_relkind = classform->relkind; state->actual_relpersistence = classform->relpersistence; /* * Both RELKIND_RELATION and RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE are OBJECT_TABLE, * but RemoveRelations() can only pass one relkind for a given relation. * It chooses RELKIND_RELATION for both regular and partitioned tables. * That means we must be careful before giving the wrong type error when * the relation is RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE. An equivalent problem * exists with indexes. */ if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) expected_relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; else if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) expected_relkind = RELKIND_INDEX; else expected_relkind = classform->relkind; if (state->expected_relkind != expected_relkind) DropErrorMsgWrongType(rel->relname, classform->relkind, state->expected_relkind); /* Allow DROP to either table owner or schema owner */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relOid, GetUserId()) && !pg_namespace_ownercheck(classform->relnamespace, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(classform->relkind), rel->relname); /* * Check the case of a system index that might have been invalidated by a * failed concurrent process and allow its drop. For the time being, this * only concerns indexes of toast relations that became invalid during a * REINDEX CONCURRENTLY process. */ if (IsSystemClass(relOid, classform) && classform->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX) { HeapTuple locTuple; Form_pg_index indexform; bool indisvalid; locTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(locTuple)) { ReleaseSysCache(tuple); return; } indexform = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(locTuple); indisvalid = indexform->indisvalid; ReleaseSysCache(locTuple); /* Mark object as being an invalid index of system catalogs */ if (!indisvalid) invalid_system_index = true; } /* In the case of an invalid index, it is fine to bypass this check */ if (!invalid_system_index && !allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relOid, classform)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", rel->relname))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* * In DROP INDEX, attempt to acquire lock on the parent table before * locking the index. index_drop() will need this anyway, and since * regular queries lock tables before their indexes, we risk deadlock if * we do it the other way around. No error if we don't find a pg_index * entry, though --- the relation may have been dropped. Note that this * code will execute for either plain or partitioned indexes. */ if (expected_relkind == RELKIND_INDEX && relOid != oldRelOid) { state->heapOid = IndexGetRelation(relOid, true); if (OidIsValid(state->heapOid)) LockRelationOid(state->heapOid, heap_lockmode); } /* * Similarly, if the relation is a partition, we must acquire lock on its * parent before locking the partition. That's because queries lock the * parent before its partitions, so we risk deadlock if we do it the other * way around. */ if (is_partition && relOid != oldRelOid) { state->partParentOid = get_partition_parent(relOid, true); if (OidIsValid(state->partParentOid)) LockRelationOid(state->partParentOid, AccessExclusiveLock); } } /* * ExecuteTruncate * Executes a TRUNCATE command. * * This is a multi-relation truncate. We first open and grab exclusive * lock on all relations involved, checking permissions and otherwise * verifying that the relation is OK for truncation. Note that if relations * are foreign tables, at this stage, we have not yet checked that their * foreign data in external data sources are OK for truncation. These are * checked when foreign data are actually truncated later. In CASCADE mode, * relations having FK references to the targeted relations are automatically * added to the group; in RESTRICT mode, we check that all FK references are * internal to the group that's being truncated. Finally all the relations * are truncated and reindexed. */ void ExecuteTruncate(TruncateStmt *stmt) { List *rels = NIL; List *relids = NIL; List *relids_logged = NIL; ListCell *cell; /* * Open, exclusive-lock, and check all the explicitly-specified relations */ foreach(cell, stmt->relations) { RangeVar *rv = lfirst(cell); Relation rel; bool recurse = rv->inh; Oid myrelid; LOCKMODE lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; myrelid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rv, lockmode, 0, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate, NULL); /* don't throw error for "TRUNCATE foo, foo" */ if (list_member_oid(relids, myrelid)) continue; /* open the relation, we already hold a lock on it */ rel = table_open(myrelid, NoLock); /* * RangeVarGetRelidExtended() has done most checks with its callback, * but other checks with the now-opened Relation remain. */ truncate_check_activity(rel); rels = lappend(rels, rel); relids = lappend_oid(relids, myrelid); /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */ if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel)) relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, myrelid); if (recurse) { ListCell *child; List *children; children = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, lockmode, NULL); foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); if (list_member_oid(relids, childrelid)) continue; /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */ rel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock); /* * It is possible that the parent table has children that are * temp tables of other backends. We cannot safely access * such tables (because of buffering issues), and the best * thing to do is to silently ignore them. Note that this * check is the same as one of the checks done in * truncate_check_activity() called below, still it is kept * here for simplicity. */ if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel)) { table_close(rel, lockmode); continue; } /* * Inherited TRUNCATE commands perform access permission * checks on the parent table only. So we skip checking the * children's permissions and don't call * truncate_check_perms() here. */ truncate_check_rel(RelationGetRelid(rel), rel->rd_rel); truncate_check_activity(rel); rels = lappend(rels, rel); relids = lappend_oid(relids, childrelid); /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */ if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel)) relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, childrelid); } } else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot truncate only a partitioned table"), errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword, or use TRUNCATE ONLY on the partitions directly."))); } ExecuteTruncateGuts(rels, relids, relids_logged, stmt->behavior, stmt->restart_seqs); /* And close the rels */ foreach(cell, rels) { Relation rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell); table_close(rel, NoLock); } } /* * ExecuteTruncateGuts * * Internal implementation of TRUNCATE. This is called by the actual TRUNCATE * command (see above) as well as replication subscribers that execute a * replicated TRUNCATE action. * * explicit_rels is the list of Relations to truncate that the command * specified. relids is the list of Oids corresponding to explicit_rels. * relids_logged is the list of Oids (a subset of relids) that require * WAL-logging. This is all a bit redundant, but the existing callers have * this information handy in this form. */ void ExecuteTruncateGuts(List *explicit_rels, List *relids, List *relids_logged, DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs) { List *rels; List *seq_relids = NIL; HTAB *ft_htab = NULL; EState *estate; ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfos; ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo; SubTransactionId mySubid; ListCell *cell; Oid *logrelids; /* * Check the explicitly-specified relations. * * In CASCADE mode, suck in all referencing relations as well. This * requires multiple iterations to find indirectly-dependent relations. At * each phase, we need to exclusive-lock new rels before looking for their * dependencies, else we might miss something. Also, we check each rel as * soon as we open it, to avoid a faux pas such as holding lock for a long * time on a rel we have no permissions for. */ rels = list_copy(explicit_rels); if (behavior == DROP_CASCADE) { for (;;) { List *newrelids; newrelids = heap_truncate_find_FKs(relids); if (newrelids == NIL) break; /* nothing else to add */ foreach(cell, newrelids) { Oid relid = lfirst_oid(cell); Relation rel; rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock); ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("truncate cascades to table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); truncate_check_rel(relid, rel->rd_rel); truncate_check_perms(relid, rel->rd_rel); truncate_check_activity(rel); rels = lappend(rels, rel); relids = lappend_oid(relids, relid); /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */ if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel)) relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, relid); } } } /* * Check foreign key references. In CASCADE mode, this should be * unnecessary since we just pulled in all the references; but as a * cross-check, do it anyway if in an Assert-enabled build. */ #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING heap_truncate_check_FKs(rels, false); #else if (behavior == DROP_RESTRICT) heap_truncate_check_FKs(rels, false); #endif /* * If we are asked to restart sequences, find all the sequences, lock them * (we need AccessExclusiveLock for ResetSequence), and check permissions. * We want to do this early since it's pointless to do all the truncation * work only to fail on sequence permissions. */ if (restart_seqs) { foreach(cell, rels) { Relation rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell); List *seqlist = getOwnedSequences(RelationGetRelid(rel)); ListCell *seqcell; foreach(seqcell, seqlist) { Oid seq_relid = lfirst_oid(seqcell); Relation seq_rel; seq_rel = relation_open(seq_relid, AccessExclusiveLock); /* This check must match AlterSequence! */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(seq_relid, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SEQUENCE, RelationGetRelationName(seq_rel)); seq_relids = lappend_oid(seq_relids, seq_relid); relation_close(seq_rel, NoLock); } } } /* Prepare to catch AFTER triggers. */ AfterTriggerBeginQuery(); /* * To fire triggers, we'll need an EState as well as a ResultRelInfo for * each relation. We don't need to call ExecOpenIndices, though. * * We put the ResultRelInfos in the es_opened_result_relations list, even * though we don't have a range table and don't populate the * es_result_relations array. That's a bit bogus, but it's enough to make * ExecGetTriggerResultRel() find them. */ estate = CreateExecutorState(); resultRelInfos = (ResultRelInfo *) palloc(list_length(rels) * sizeof(ResultRelInfo)); resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos; foreach(cell, rels) { Relation rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell); InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo, rel, 0, /* dummy rangetable index */ NULL, 0); estate->es_opened_result_relations = lappend(estate->es_opened_result_relations, resultRelInfo); resultRelInfo++; } /* * Process all BEFORE STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers before we begin * truncating (this is because one of them might throw an error). Also, if * we were to allow them to prevent statement execution, that would need * to be handled here. */ resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos; foreach(cell, rels) { ExecBSTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo); resultRelInfo++; } /* * OK, truncate each table. */ mySubid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId(); foreach(cell, rels) { Relation rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell); /* Skip partitioned tables as there is nothing to do */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) continue; /* * Build the lists of foreign tables belonging to each foreign server * and pass each list to the foreign data wrapper's callback function, * so that each server can truncate its all foreign tables in bulk. * Each list is saved as a single entry in a hash table that uses the * server OID as lookup key. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) { Oid serverid = GetForeignServerIdByRelId(RelationGetRelid(rel)); bool found; ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info; /* First time through, initialize hashtable for foreign tables */ if (!ft_htab) { HASHCTL hctl; memset(&hctl, 0, sizeof(HASHCTL)); hctl.keysize = sizeof(Oid); hctl.entrysize = sizeof(ForeignTruncateInfo); hctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext; ft_htab = hash_create("TRUNCATE for Foreign Tables", 32, /* start small and extend */ &hctl, HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT); } /* Find or create cached entry for the foreign table */ ft_info = hash_search(ft_htab, &serverid, HASH_ENTER, &found); if (!found) { ft_info->serverid = serverid; ft_info->rels = NIL; } /* * Save the foreign table in the entry of the server that the * foreign table belongs to. */ ft_info->rels = lappend(ft_info->rels, rel); continue; } /* * Normally, we need a transaction-safe truncation here. However, if * the table was either created in the current (sub)transaction or has * a new relfilenode in the current (sub)transaction, then we can just * truncate it in-place, because a rollback would cause the whole * table or the current physical file to be thrown away anyway. */ if (rel->rd_createSubid == mySubid || rel->rd_newRelfilenodeSubid == mySubid) { /* Immediate, non-rollbackable truncation is OK */ heap_truncate_one_rel(rel); } else { Oid heap_relid; Oid toast_relid; ReindexParams reindex_params = {0}; /* * This effectively deletes all rows in the table, and may be done * in a serializable transaction. In that case we must record a * rw-conflict in to this transaction from each transaction * holding a predicate lock on the table. */ CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(rel); /* * Need the full transaction-safe pushups. * * Create a new empty storage file for the relation, and assign it * as the relfilenode value. The old storage file is scheduled for * deletion at commit. */ RelationSetNewRelfilenode(rel, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); heap_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); /* * The same for the toast table, if any. */ toast_relid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid; if (OidIsValid(toast_relid)) { Relation toastrel = relation_open(toast_relid, AccessExclusiveLock); RelationSetNewRelfilenode(toastrel, toastrel->rd_rel->relpersistence); table_close(toastrel, NoLock); } /* * Reconstruct the indexes to match, and we're done. */ reindex_relation(heap_relid, REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST, &reindex_params); } pgstat_count_truncate(rel); } /* Now go through the hash table, and truncate foreign tables */ if (ft_htab) { ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info; HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq; hash_seq_init(&seq, ft_htab); PG_TRY(); { while ((ft_info = hash_seq_search(&seq)) != NULL) { FdwRoutine *routine = GetFdwRoutineByServerId(ft_info->serverid); /* truncate_check_rel() has checked that already */ Assert(routine->ExecForeignTruncate != NULL); routine->ExecForeignTruncate(ft_info->rels, behavior, restart_seqs); } } PG_FINALLY(); { hash_destroy(ft_htab); } PG_END_TRY(); } /* * Restart owned sequences if we were asked to. */ foreach(cell, seq_relids) { Oid seq_relid = lfirst_oid(cell); ResetSequence(seq_relid); } /* * Write a WAL record to allow this set of actions to be logically * decoded. * * Assemble an array of relids so we can write a single WAL record for the * whole action. */ if (list_length(relids_logged) > 0) { xl_heap_truncate xlrec; int i = 0; /* should only get here if wal_level >= logical */ Assert(XLogLogicalInfoActive()); logrelids = palloc(list_length(relids_logged) * sizeof(Oid)); foreach(cell, relids_logged) logrelids[i++] = lfirst_oid(cell); xlrec.dbId = MyDatabaseId; xlrec.nrelids = list_length(relids_logged); xlrec.flags = 0; if (behavior == DROP_CASCADE) xlrec.flags |= XLH_TRUNCATE_CASCADE; if (restart_seqs) xlrec.flags |= XLH_TRUNCATE_RESTART_SEQS; XLogBeginInsert(); XLogRegisterData((char *) &xlrec, SizeOfHeapTruncate); XLogRegisterData((char *) logrelids, list_length(relids_logged) * sizeof(Oid)); XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN); (void) XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_TRUNCATE); } /* * Process all AFTER STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers. */ resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos; foreach(cell, rels) { ExecASTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo); resultRelInfo++; } /* Handle queued AFTER triggers */ AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate); /* We can clean up the EState now */ FreeExecutorState(estate); /* * Close any rels opened by CASCADE (can't do this while EState still * holds refs) */ rels = list_difference_ptr(rels, explicit_rels); foreach(cell, rels) { Relation rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell); table_close(rel, NoLock); } } /* * Check that a given relation is safe to truncate. Subroutine for * ExecuteTruncate() and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(). */ static void truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) { char *relname = NameStr(reltuple->relname); /* * Only allow truncate on regular tables, foreign tables using foreign * data wrappers supporting TRUNCATE and partitioned tables (although, the * latter are only being included here for the following checks; no * physical truncation will occur in their case.). */ if (reltuple->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) { Oid serverid = GetForeignServerIdByRelId(relid); FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByServerId(serverid); if (!fdwroutine->ExecForeignTruncate) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot truncate foreign table \"%s\"", relname))); } else if (reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table", relname))); if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, reltuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", relname))); InvokeObjectTruncateHook(relid); } /* * Check that current user has the permission to truncate given relation. */ static void truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple) { char *relname = NameStr(reltuple->relname); AclResult aclresult; /* Permissions checks */ aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(relid, GetUserId(), ACL_TRUNCATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(reltuple->relkind), relname); } /* * Set of extra sanity checks to check if a given relation is safe to * truncate. This is split with truncate_check_rel() as * RangeVarCallbackForTruncate() cannot open a Relation yet. */ static void truncate_check_activity(Relation rel) { /* * Don't allow truncate on temp tables of other backends ... their local * buffer manager is not going to cope. */ if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot truncate temporary tables of other sessions"))); /* * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction, * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events. */ CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "TRUNCATE"); } /* * storage_name * returns the name corresponding to a typstorage/attstorage enum value */ static const char * storage_name(char c) { switch (c) { case TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN: return "PLAIN"; case TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL: return "EXTERNAL"; case TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED: return "EXTENDED"; case TYPSTORAGE_MAIN: return "MAIN"; default: return "???"; } } /*---------- * MergeAttributes * Returns new schema given initial schema and superclasses. * * Input arguments: * 'schema' is the column/attribute definition for the table. (It's a list * of ColumnDef's.) It is destructively changed. * 'supers' is a list of OIDs of parent relations, already locked by caller. * 'relpersistence' is the persistence type of the table. * 'is_partition' tells if the table is a partition. * * Output arguments: * 'supconstr' receives a list of constraints belonging to the parents, * updated as necessary to be valid for the child. * * Return value: * Completed schema list. * * Notes: * The order in which the attributes are inherited is very important. * Intuitively, the inherited attributes should come first. If a table * inherits from multiple parents, the order of those attributes are * according to the order of the parents specified in CREATE TABLE. * * Here's an example: * * create table person (name text, age int4, location point); * create table emp (salary int4, manager text) inherits(person); * create table student (gpa float8) inherits (person); * create table stud_emp (percent int4) inherits (emp, student); * * The order of the attributes of stud_emp is: * * person {1:name, 2:age, 3:location} * / \ * {6:gpa} student emp {4:salary, 5:manager} * \ / * stud_emp {7:percent} * * If the same attribute name appears multiple times, then it appears * in the result table in the proper location for its first appearance. * * Constraints (including NOT NULL constraints) for the child table * are the union of all relevant constraints, from both the child schema * and parent tables. * * The default value for a child column is defined as: * (1) If the child schema specifies a default, that value is used. * (2) If neither the child nor any parent specifies a default, then * the column will not have a default. * (3) If conflicting defaults are inherited from different parents * (and not overridden by the child), an error is raised. * (4) Otherwise the inherited default is used. * Rule (3) is new in Postgres 7.1; in earlier releases you got a * rather arbitrary choice of which parent default to use. *---------- */ static List * MergeAttributes(List *schema, List *supers, char relpersistence, bool is_partition, List **supconstr) { List *inhSchema = NIL; List *constraints = NIL; bool have_bogus_defaults = false; int child_attno; static Node bogus_marker = {0}; /* marks conflicting defaults */ List *saved_schema = NIL; ListCell *entry; /* * Check for and reject tables with too many columns. We perform this * check relatively early for two reasons: (a) we don't run the risk of * overflowing an AttrNumber in subsequent code (b) an O(n^2) algorithm is * okay if we're processing <= 1600 columns, but could take minutes to * execute if the user attempts to create a table with hundreds of * thousands of columns. * * Note that we also need to check that we do not exceed this figure after * including columns from inherited relations. */ if (list_length(schema) > MaxHeapAttributeNumber) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS), errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns", MaxHeapAttributeNumber))); /* * Check for duplicate names in the explicit list of attributes. * * Although we might consider merging such entries in the same way that we * handle name conflicts for inherited attributes, it seems to make more * sense to assume such conflicts are errors. * * We don't use foreach() here because we have two nested loops over the * schema list, with possible element deletions in the inner one. If we * used foreach_delete_current() it could only fix up the state of one of * the loops, so it seems cleaner to use looping over list indexes for * both loops. Note that any deletion will happen beyond where the outer * loop is, so its index never needs adjustment. */ for (int coldefpos = 0; coldefpos < list_length(schema); coldefpos++) { ColumnDef *coldef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, schema, coldefpos); if (!is_partition && coldef->typeName == NULL) { /* * Typed table column option that does not belong to a column from * the type. This works because the columns from the type come * first in the list. (We omit this check for partition column * lists; those are processed separately below.) */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist", coldef->colname))); } /* restpos scans all entries beyond coldef; incr is in loop body */ for (int restpos = coldefpos + 1; restpos < list_length(schema);) { ColumnDef *restdef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, schema, restpos); if (strcmp(coldef->colname, restdef->colname) == 0) { if (coldef->is_from_type) { /* * merge the column options into the column from the type */ coldef->is_not_null = restdef->is_not_null; coldef->raw_default = restdef->raw_default; coldef->cooked_default = restdef->cooked_default; coldef->constraints = restdef->constraints; coldef->is_from_type = false; schema = list_delete_nth_cell(schema, restpos); } else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once", coldef->colname))); } else restpos++; } } /* * In case of a partition, there are no new column definitions, only dummy * ColumnDefs created for column constraints. Set them aside for now and * process them at the end. */ if (is_partition) { saved_schema = schema; schema = NIL; } /* * Scan the parents left-to-right, and merge their attributes to form a * list of inherited attributes (inhSchema). Also check to see if we need * to inherit an OID column. */ child_attno = 0; foreach(entry, supers) { Oid parent = lfirst_oid(entry); Relation relation; TupleDesc tupleDesc; TupleConstr *constr; AttrMap *newattmap; List *inherited_defaults; List *cols_with_defaults; AttrNumber parent_attno; ListCell *lc1; ListCell *lc2; /* caller already got lock */ relation = table_open(parent, NoLock); /* * Check for active uses of the parent partitioned table in the * current transaction, such as being used in some manner by an * enclosing command. */ if (is_partition) CheckTableNotInUse(relation, "CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF"); /* * We do not allow partitioned tables and partitions to participate in * regular inheritance. */ if (relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !is_partition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from partitioned table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); if (relation->rd_rel->relispartition && !is_partition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from partition \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("inherited relation \"%s\" is not a table or foreign table", RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* * If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. Note * that inheritance allows that case. */ if (is_partition && relation->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot create a temporary relation as partition of permanent relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */ if (relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg(!is_partition ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"" : "cannot create a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* If existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session */ if (relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && !relation->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg(!is_partition ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session" : "cannot create as partition of temporary relation of another session"))); /* * We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now, * demand that creator of a child table own the parent. */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(RelationGetRelid(relation), GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(relation->rd_rel->relkind), RelationGetRelationName(relation)); tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(relation); constr = tupleDesc->constr; /* * newattmap->attnums[] will contain the child-table attribute numbers * for the attributes of this parent table. (They are not the same * for parents after the first one, nor if we have dropped columns.) */ newattmap = make_attrmap(tupleDesc->natts); /* We can't process inherited defaults until newattmap is complete. */ inherited_defaults = cols_with_defaults = NIL; for (parent_attno = 1; parent_attno <= tupleDesc->natts; parent_attno++) { Form_pg_attribute attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, parent_attno - 1); char *attributeName = NameStr(attribute->attname); int exist_attno; ColumnDef *def; /* * Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */ if (attribute->attisdropped) continue; /* leave newattmap->attnums entry as zero */ /* * Does it conflict with some previously inherited column? */ exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inhSchema); if (exist_attno > 0) { Oid defTypeId; int32 deftypmod; Oid defCollId; /* * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions. They must * have the same type, typmod, and collation. */ ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("merging multiple inherited definitions of column \"%s\"", attributeName))); def = (ColumnDef *) list_nth(inhSchema, exist_attno - 1); typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, def->typeName, &defTypeId, &deftypmod); if (defTypeId != attribute->atttypid || deftypmod != attribute->atttypmod) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a type conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", format_type_with_typemod(defTypeId, deftypmod), format_type_with_typemod(attribute->atttypid, attribute->atttypmod)))); defCollId = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, defTypeId); if (defCollId != attribute->attcollation) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH), errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a collation conflict", attributeName), errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"", get_collation_name(defCollId), get_collation_name(attribute->attcollation)))); /* Copy/check storage parameter */ if (def->storage == 0) def->storage = attribute->attstorage; else if (def->storage != attribute->attstorage) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a storage parameter conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", storage_name(def->storage), storage_name(attribute->attstorage)))); /* Copy/check compression parameter */ if (CompressionMethodIsValid(attribute->attcompression)) { const char *compression = GetCompressionMethodName(attribute->attcompression); if (def->compression == NULL) def->compression = pstrdup(compression); else if (strcmp(def->compression, compression) != 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" has a compression method conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", def->compression, compression))); } def->inhcount++; /* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */ def->is_not_null |= attribute->attnotnull; /* Default and other constraints are handled below */ newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = exist_attno; /* Check for GENERATED conflicts */ if (def->generated != attribute->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a generation conflict", attributeName))); } else { /* * No, create a new inherited column */ def = makeNode(ColumnDef); def->colname = pstrdup(attributeName); def->typeName = makeTypeNameFromOid(attribute->atttypid, attribute->atttypmod); def->inhcount = 1; def->is_local = false; def->is_not_null = attribute->attnotnull; def->is_from_type = false; def->storage = attribute->attstorage; def->raw_default = NULL; def->cooked_default = NULL; def->generated = attribute->attgenerated; def->collClause = NULL; def->collOid = attribute->attcollation; def->constraints = NIL; def->location = -1; if (CompressionMethodIsValid(attribute->attcompression)) def->compression = pstrdup(GetCompressionMethodName(attribute->attcompression)); else def->compression = NULL; inhSchema = lappend(inhSchema, def); newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = ++child_attno; } /* * Locate default if any */ if (attribute->atthasdef) { Node *this_default = NULL; /* Find default in constraint structure */ if (constr != NULL) { AttrDefault *attrdef = constr->defval; for (int i = 0; i < constr->num_defval; i++) { if (attrdef[i].adnum == parent_attno) { this_default = stringToNode(attrdef[i].adbin); break; } } } if (this_default == NULL) elog(ERROR, "default expression not found for attribute %d of relation \"%s\"", parent_attno, RelationGetRelationName(relation)); /* * If it's a GENERATED default, it might contain Vars that * need to be mapped to the inherited column(s)' new numbers. * We can't do that till newattmap is ready, so just remember * all the inherited default expressions for the moment. */ inherited_defaults = lappend(inherited_defaults, this_default); cols_with_defaults = lappend(cols_with_defaults, def); } } /* * Now process any inherited default expressions, adjusting attnos * using the completed newattmap map. */ forboth(lc1, inherited_defaults, lc2, cols_with_defaults) { Node *this_default = (Node *) lfirst(lc1); ColumnDef *def = (ColumnDef *) lfirst(lc2); bool found_whole_row; /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */ this_default = map_variable_attnos(this_default, 1, 0, newattmap, InvalidOid, &found_whole_row); /* * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We could * convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID, but that * hasn't been assigned yet. (A variable could only appear in a * generation expression, so the error message is correct.) */ if (found_whole_row) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"), errdetail("Generation expression for column \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".", def->colname, RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* * If we already had a default from some prior parent, check to * see if they are the same. If so, no problem; if not, mark the * column as having a bogus default. Below, we will complain if * the bogus default isn't overridden by the child schema. */ Assert(def->raw_default == NULL); if (def->cooked_default == NULL) def->cooked_default = this_default; else if (!equal(def->cooked_default, this_default)) { def->cooked_default = &bogus_marker; have_bogus_defaults = true; } } /* * Now copy the CHECK constraints of this parent, adjusting attnos * using the completed newattmap map. Identically named constraints * are merged if possible, else we throw error. */ if (constr && constr->num_check > 0) { ConstrCheck *check = constr->check; int i; for (i = 0; i < constr->num_check; i++) { char *name = check[i].ccname; Node *expr; bool found_whole_row; /* ignore if the constraint is non-inheritable */ if (check[i].ccnoinherit) continue; /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */ expr = map_variable_attnos(stringToNode(check[i].ccbin), 1, 0, newattmap, InvalidOid, &found_whole_row); /* * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We * could convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID, * but that hasn't been assigned yet. */ if (found_whole_row) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"), errdetail("Constraint \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".", name, RelationGetRelationName(relation)))); /* check for duplicate */ if (!MergeCheckConstraint(constraints, name, expr)) { /* nope, this is a new one */ CookedConstraint *cooked; cooked = (CookedConstraint *) palloc(sizeof(CookedConstraint)); cooked->contype = CONSTR_CHECK; cooked->conoid = InvalidOid; /* until created */ cooked->name = pstrdup(name); cooked->attnum = 0; /* not used for constraints */ cooked->expr = expr; cooked->skip_validation = false; cooked->is_local = false; cooked->inhcount = 1; cooked->is_no_inherit = false; constraints = lappend(constraints, cooked); } } } free_attrmap(newattmap); /* * Close the parent rel, but keep our lock on it until xact commit. * That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing the parent * before the child is committed. */ table_close(relation, NoLock); } /* * If we had no inherited attributes, the result schema is just the * explicitly declared columns. Otherwise, we need to merge the declared * columns into the inherited schema list. Although, we never have any * explicitly declared columns if the table is a partition. */ if (inhSchema != NIL) { int schema_attno = 0; foreach(entry, schema) { ColumnDef *newdef = lfirst(entry); char *attributeName = newdef->colname; int exist_attno; schema_attno++; /* * Does it conflict with some previously inherited column? */ exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inhSchema); if (exist_attno > 0) { ColumnDef *def; Oid defTypeId, newTypeId; int32 deftypmod, newtypmod; Oid defcollid, newcollid; /* * Partitions have only one parent and have no column * definitions of their own, so conflict should never occur. */ Assert(!is_partition); /* * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions. They must * have the same type, typmod, and collation. */ if (exist_attno == schema_attno) ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("merging column \"%s\" with inherited definition", attributeName))); else ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("moving and merging column \"%s\" with inherited definition", attributeName), errdetail("User-specified column moved to the position of the inherited column."))); def = (ColumnDef *) list_nth(inhSchema, exist_attno - 1); typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, def->typeName, &defTypeId, &deftypmod); typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, newdef->typeName, &newTypeId, &newtypmod); if (defTypeId != newTypeId || deftypmod != newtypmod) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" has a type conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", format_type_with_typemod(defTypeId, deftypmod), format_type_with_typemod(newTypeId, newtypmod)))); defcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, defTypeId); newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newTypeId); if (defcollid != newcollid) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" has a collation conflict", attributeName), errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"", get_collation_name(defcollid), get_collation_name(newcollid)))); /* * Identity is never inherited. The new column can have an * identity definition, so we always just take that one. */ def->identity = newdef->identity; /* Copy storage parameter */ if (def->storage == 0) def->storage = newdef->storage; else if (newdef->storage != 0 && def->storage != newdef->storage) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" has a storage parameter conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", storage_name(def->storage), storage_name(newdef->storage)))); /* Copy compression parameter */ if (def->compression == NULL) def->compression = newdef->compression; else if (newdef->compression != NULL) { if (strcmp(def->compression, newdef->compression) != 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" has a compression method conflict", attributeName), errdetail("%s versus %s", def->compression, newdef->compression))); } /* Mark the column as locally defined */ def->is_local = true; /* Merge of NOT NULL constraints = OR 'em together */ def->is_not_null |= newdef->is_not_null; /* * Check for conflicts related to generated columns. * * If the parent column is generated, the child column must be * unadorned and will be made a generated column. (We could * in theory allow the child column definition specifying the * exact same generation expression, but that's a bit * complicated to implement and doesn't seem very useful.) We * also check that the child column doesn't specify a default * value or identity, which matches the rules for a single * column in parse_util.c. */ if (def->generated) { if (newdef->generated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION), errmsg("child column \"%s\" specifies generation expression", def->colname), errhint("Omit the generation expression in the definition of the child table column to inherit the generation expression from the parent table."))); if (newdef->raw_default && !newdef->generated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies default", def->colname))); if (newdef->identity) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies identity", def->colname))); } /* * If the parent column is not generated, then take whatever * the child column definition says. */ else { if (newdef->generated) def->generated = newdef->generated; } /* If new def has a default, override previous default */ if (newdef->raw_default != NULL) { def->raw_default = newdef->raw_default; def->cooked_default = newdef->cooked_default; } } else { /* * No, attach new column to result schema */ inhSchema = lappend(inhSchema, newdef); } } schema = inhSchema; /* * Check that we haven't exceeded the legal # of columns after merging * in inherited columns. */ if (list_length(schema) > MaxHeapAttributeNumber) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS), errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns", MaxHeapAttributeNumber))); } /* * Now that we have the column definition list for a partition, we can * check whether the columns referenced in the column constraint specs * actually exist. Also, we merge NOT NULL and defaults into each * corresponding column definition. */ if (is_partition) { foreach(entry, saved_schema) { ColumnDef *restdef = lfirst(entry); bool found = false; ListCell *l; foreach(l, schema) { ColumnDef *coldef = lfirst(l); if (strcmp(coldef->colname, restdef->colname) == 0) { found = true; coldef->is_not_null |= restdef->is_not_null; /* * Override the parent's default value for this column * (coldef->cooked_default) with the partition's local * definition (restdef->raw_default), if there's one. It * should be physically impossible to get a cooked default * in the local definition or a raw default in the * inherited definition, but make sure they're nulls, for * future-proofing. */ Assert(restdef->cooked_default == NULL); Assert(coldef->raw_default == NULL); if (restdef->raw_default) { coldef->raw_default = restdef->raw_default; coldef->cooked_default = NULL; } } } /* complain for constraints on columns not in parent */ if (!found) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist", restdef->colname))); } } /* * If we found any conflicting parent default values, check to make sure * they were overridden by the child. */ if (have_bogus_defaults) { foreach(entry, schema) { ColumnDef *def = lfirst(entry); if (def->cooked_default == &bogus_marker) { if (def->generated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits conflicting generation expressions", def->colname))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits conflicting default values", def->colname), errhint("To resolve the conflict, specify a default explicitly."))); } } } *supconstr = constraints; return schema; } /* * MergeCheckConstraint * Try to merge an inherited CHECK constraint with previous ones * * If we inherit identically-named constraints from multiple parents, we must * merge them, or throw an error if they don't have identical definitions. * * constraints is a list of CookedConstraint structs for previous constraints. * * Returns true if merged (constraint is a duplicate), or false if it's * got a so-far-unique name, or throws error if conflict. */ static bool MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, char *name, Node *expr) { ListCell *lc; foreach(lc, constraints) { CookedConstraint *ccon = (CookedConstraint *) lfirst(lc); Assert(ccon->contype == CONSTR_CHECK); /* Non-matching names never conflict */ if (strcmp(ccon->name, name) != 0) continue; if (equal(expr, ccon->expr)) { /* OK to merge */ ccon->inhcount++; return true; } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT), errmsg("check constraint name \"%s\" appears multiple times but with different expressions", name))); } return false; } /* * StoreCatalogInheritance * Updates the system catalogs with proper inheritance information. * * supers is a list of the OIDs of the new relation's direct ancestors. */ static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers, bool child_is_partition) { Relation relation; int32 seqNumber; ListCell *entry; /* * sanity checks */ AssertArg(OidIsValid(relationId)); if (supers == NIL) return; /* * Store INHERITS information in pg_inherits using direct ancestors only. * Also enter dependencies on the direct ancestors, and make sure they are * marked with relhassubclass = true. * * (Once upon a time, both direct and indirect ancestors were found here * and then entered into pg_ipl. Since that catalog doesn't exist * anymore, there's no need to look for indirect ancestors.) */ relation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); seqNumber = 1; foreach(entry, supers) { Oid parentOid = lfirst_oid(entry); StoreCatalogInheritance1(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber, relation, child_is_partition); seqNumber++; } table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Make catalog entries showing relationId as being an inheritance child * of parentOid. inhRelation is the already-opened pg_inherits catalog. */ static void StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid, int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation, bool child_is_partition) { ObjectAddress childobject, parentobject; /* store the pg_inherits row */ StoreSingleInheritance(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber); /* * Store a dependency too */ parentobject.classId = RelationRelationId; parentobject.objectId = parentOid; parentobject.objectSubId = 0; childobject.classId = RelationRelationId; childobject.objectId = relationId; childobject.objectSubId = 0; recordDependencyOn(&childobject, &parentobject, child_dependency_type(child_is_partition)); /* * Post creation hook of this inheritance. Since object_access_hook * doesn't take multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent * relation using auxiliary_id argument. */ InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId, relationId, 0, parentOid, false); /* * Mark the parent as having subclasses. */ SetRelationHasSubclass(parentOid, true); } /* * Look for an existing schema entry with the given name. * * Returns the index (starting with 1) if attribute already exists in schema, * 0 if it doesn't. */ static int findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, List *schema) { ListCell *s; int i = 1; foreach(s, schema) { ColumnDef *def = lfirst(s); if (strcmp(attributeName, def->colname) == 0) return i; i++; } return 0; } /* * SetRelationHasSubclass * Set the value of the relation's relhassubclass field in pg_class. * * NOTE: caller must be holding an appropriate lock on the relation. * ShareUpdateExclusiveLock is sufficient. * * NOTE: an important side-effect of this operation is that an SI invalidation * message is sent out to all backends --- including me --- causing plans * referencing the relation to be rebuilt with the new list of children. * This must happen even if we find that no change is needed in the pg_class * row. */ void SetRelationHasSubclass(Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass) { Relation relationRelation; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_class classtuple; /* * Fetch a modifiable copy of the tuple, modify it, update pg_class. */ relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationId)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relationId); classtuple = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (classtuple->relhassubclass != relhassubclass) { classtuple->relhassubclass = relhassubclass; CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); } else { /* no need to change tuple, but force relcache rebuild anyway */ CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple); } heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove * Check if relation can be moved to new tablespace. * * NOTE: The caller must hold AccessExclusiveLock on the relation. * * Returns true if the relation can be moved to the new tablespace; raises * an error if it is not possible to do the move; returns false if the move * would have no effect. */ bool CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId) { Oid oldTableSpaceId; /* * No work if no change in tablespace. Note that MyDatabaseTableSpace is * stored as 0. */ oldTableSpaceId = rel->rd_rel->reltablespace; if (newTableSpaceId == oldTableSpaceId || (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace && oldTableSpaceId == 0)) return false; /* * We cannot support moving mapped relations into different tablespaces. * (In particular this eliminates all shared catalogs.) */ if (RelationIsMapped(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot move system relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Cannot move a non-shared relation into pg_global */ if (newTableSpaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace"))); /* * Do not allow moving temp tables of other backends ... their local * buffer manager is not going to cope. */ if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot move temporary tables of other sessions"))); return true; } /* * SetRelationTableSpace * Set new reltablespace and relfilenode in pg_class entry. * * newTableSpaceId is the new tablespace for the relation, and * newRelFileNode its new filenode. If newRelFileNode is InvalidOid, * this field is not updated. * * NOTE: The caller must hold AccessExclusiveLock on the relation. * * The caller of this routine had better check if a relation can be * moved to this new tablespace by calling CheckRelationTableSpaceMove() * first, and is responsible for making the change visible with * CommandCounterIncrement(). */ void SetRelationTableSpace(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId, Oid newRelFileNode) { Relation pg_class; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_class rd_rel; Oid reloid = RelationGetRelid(rel); Assert(CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpaceId)); /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */ pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(reloid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", reloid); rd_rel = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* Update the pg_class row. */ rd_rel->reltablespace = (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace) ? InvalidOid : newTableSpaceId; if (OidIsValid(newRelFileNode)) rd_rel->relfilenode = newRelFileNode; CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple); /* * Record dependency on tablespace. This is only required for relations * that have no physical storage. */ if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind)) changeDependencyOnTablespace(RelationRelationId, reloid, rd_rel->reltablespace); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * renameatt_check - basic sanity checks before attribute rename */ static void renameatt_check(Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing) { char relkind = classform->relkind; if (classform->reloftype && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot rename column of typed table"))); /* * Renaming the columns of sequences or toast tables doesn't actually * break anything from the system's point of view, since internal * references are by attnum. But it doesn't seem right to allow users to * change names that are hardcoded into the system, hence the following * restriction. */ if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_VIEW && relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE && relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table, view, materialized view, composite type, index, or foreign table", NameStr(classform->relname)))); /* * permissions checking. only the owner of a class can change its schema. */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(myrelid, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(myrelid)), NameStr(classform->relname)); if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(myrelid, classform)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", NameStr(classform->relname)))); } /* * renameatt_internal - workhorse for renameatt * * Return value is the attribute number in the 'myrelid' relation. */ static AttrNumber renameatt_internal(Oid myrelid, const char *oldattname, const char *newattname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents, DropBehavior behavior) { Relation targetrelation; Relation attrelation; HeapTuple atttup; Form_pg_attribute attform; AttrNumber attnum; /* * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, which we will NOT release * until end of transaction. */ targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock); renameatt_check(myrelid, RelationGetForm(targetrelation), recursing); /* * if the 'recurse' flag is set then we are supposed to rename this * attribute in all classes that inherit from 'relname' (as well as in * 'relname'). * * any permissions or problems with duplicate attributes will cause the * whole transaction to abort, which is what we want -- all or nothing. */ if (recurse) { List *child_oids, *child_numparents; ListCell *lo, *li; /* * we need the number of parents for each child so that the recursive * calls to renameatt() can determine whether there are any parents * outside the inheritance hierarchy being processed. */ child_oids = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock, &child_numparents); /* * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the * list that it returns. */ forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo); int numparents = lfirst_int(li); if (childrelid == myrelid) continue; /* note we need not recurse again */ renameatt_internal(childrelid, oldattname, newattname, false, true, numparents, behavior); } } else { /* * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child * tables; else the rename would put them out of step. * * expected_parents will only be 0 if we are not already recursing. */ if (expected_parents == 0 && find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" must be renamed in child tables too", oldattname))); } /* rename attributes in typed tables of composite type */ if (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) { List *child_oids; ListCell *lo; child_oids = find_typed_table_dependencies(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype, RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation), behavior); foreach(lo, child_oids) renameatt_internal(lfirst_oid(lo), oldattname, newattname, true, true, 0, behavior); } attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); atttup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, oldattname); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttup)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist", oldattname))); attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttup); attnum = attform->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot rename system column \"%s\"", oldattname))); /* * if the attribute is inherited, forbid the renaming. if this is a * top-level call to renameatt(), then expected_parents will be 0, so the * effect of this code will be to prohibit the renaming if the attribute * is inherited at all. if this is a recursive call to renameatt(), * expected_parents will be the number of parents the current relation has * within the inheritance hierarchy being processed, so we'll prohibit the * renaming only if there are additional parents from elsewhere. */ if (attform->attinhcount > expected_parents) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot rename inherited column \"%s\"", oldattname))); /* new name should not already exist */ (void) check_for_column_name_collision(targetrelation, newattname, false); /* apply the update */ namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname); CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &atttup->t_self, atttup); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, attnum); heap_freetuple(atttup); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock); /* close rel but keep lock */ return attnum; } /* * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock. */ static void RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_class form; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) return; /* concurrently dropped */ form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); renameatt_check(relid, form, false); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } /* * renameatt - changes the name of an attribute in a relation * * The returned ObjectAddress is that of the renamed column. */ ObjectAddress renameatt(RenameStmt *stmt) { Oid relid; AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; /* lock level taken here should match renameatt_internal */ relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock, stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute, NULL); if (!OidIsValid(relid)) { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", stmt->relation->relname))); return InvalidObjectAddress; } attnum = renameatt_internal(relid, stmt->subname, /* old att name */ stmt->newname, /* new att name */ stmt->relation->inh, /* recursive? */ false, /* recursing? */ 0, /* expected inhcount */ stmt->behavior); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid, attnum); return address; } /* * same logic as renameatt_internal */ static ObjectAddress rename_constraint_internal(Oid myrelid, Oid mytypid, const char *oldconname, const char *newconname, bool recurse, bool recursing, int expected_parents) { Relation targetrelation = NULL; Oid constraintOid; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_constraint con; ObjectAddress address; AssertArg(!myrelid || !mytypid); if (mytypid) { constraintOid = get_domain_constraint_oid(mytypid, oldconname, false); } else { targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock); /* * don't tell it whether we're recursing; we allow changing typed * tables here */ renameatt_check(myrelid, RelationGetForm(targetrelation), false); constraintOid = get_relation_constraint_oid(myrelid, oldconname, false); } tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constraintOid); con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (myrelid && con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK && !con->connoinherit) { if (recurse) { List *child_oids, *child_numparents; ListCell *lo, *li; child_oids = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock, &child_numparents); forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo); int numparents = lfirst_int(li); if (childrelid == myrelid) continue; rename_constraint_internal(childrelid, InvalidOid, oldconname, newconname, false, true, numparents); } } else { if (expected_parents == 0 && find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("inherited constraint \"%s\" must be renamed in child tables too", oldconname))); } if (con->coninhcount > expected_parents) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot rename inherited constraint \"%s\"", oldconname))); } if (con->conindid && (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION)) /* rename the index; this renames the constraint as well */ RenameRelationInternal(con->conindid, newconname, false, true); else RenameConstraintById(constraintOid, newconname); ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constraintOid); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); if (targetrelation) { /* * Invalidate relcache so as others can see the new constraint name. */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrelation); relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock); /* close rel but keep lock */ } return address; } ObjectAddress RenameConstraint(RenameStmt *stmt) { Oid relid = InvalidOid; Oid typid = InvalidOid; if (stmt->renameType == OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT) { Relation rel; HeapTuple tup; typid = typenameTypeId(NULL, makeTypeNameFromNameList(castNode(List, stmt->object))); rel = table_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tup = SearchSysCache1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typid); checkDomainOwner(tup); ReleaseSysCache(tup); table_close(rel, NoLock); } else { /* lock level taken here should match rename_constraint_internal */ relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock, stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0, RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute, NULL); if (!OidIsValid(relid)) { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", stmt->relation->relname))); return InvalidObjectAddress; } } return rename_constraint_internal(relid, typid, stmt->subname, stmt->newname, (stmt->relation && stmt->relation->inh), /* recursive? */ false, /* recursing? */ 0 /* expected inhcount */ ); } /* * Execute ALTER TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/MATERIALIZED VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE * RENAME */ ObjectAddress RenameRelation(RenameStmt *stmt) { bool is_index_stmt = stmt->renameType == OBJECT_INDEX; Oid relid; ObjectAddress address; /* * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, index, sequence, view, * materialized view, or foreign table, which we will NOT release until * end of transaction. * * Lock level used here should match RenameRelationInternal, to avoid lock * escalation. However, because ALTER INDEX can be used with any relation * type, we mustn't believe without verification. */ for (;;) { LOCKMODE lockmode; char relkind; bool obj_is_index; lockmode = is_index_stmt ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock; relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, lockmode, stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation, (void *) stmt); if (!OidIsValid(relid)) { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", stmt->relation->relname))); return InvalidObjectAddress; } /* * We allow mismatched statement and object types (e.g., ALTER INDEX * to rename a table), but we might've used the wrong lock level. If * that happens, retry with the correct lock level. We don't bother * if we already acquired AccessExclusiveLock with an index, however. */ relkind = get_rel_relkind(relid); obj_is_index = (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX); if (obj_is_index || is_index_stmt == obj_is_index) break; UnlockRelationOid(relid, lockmode); is_index_stmt = obj_is_index; } /* Do the work */ RenameRelationInternal(relid, stmt->newname, false, is_index_stmt); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid); return address; } /* * RenameRelationInternal - change the name of a relation */ void RenameRelationInternal(Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index) { Relation targetrelation; Relation relrelation; /* for RELATION relation */ HeapTuple reltup; Form_pg_class relform; Oid namespaceId; /* * Grab a lock on the target relation, which we will NOT release until end * of transaction. We need at least a self-exclusive lock so that * concurrent DDL doesn't overwrite the rename if they start updating * while still seeing the old version. The lock also guards against * triggering relcache reloads in concurrent sessions, which might not * handle this information changing under them. For indexes, we can use a * reduced lock level because RelationReloadIndexInfo() handles indexes * specially. */ targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, is_index ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock); namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(targetrelation); /* * Find relation's pg_class tuple, and make sure newrelname isn't in use. */ relrelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid); relform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup); if (get_relname_relid(newrelname, namespaceId) != InvalidOid) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" already exists", newrelname))); /* * RenameRelation is careful not to believe the caller's idea of the * relation kind being handled. We don't have to worry about this, but * let's not be totally oblivious to it. We can process an index as * not-an-index, but not the other way around. */ Assert(!is_index || is_index == (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)); /* * Update pg_class tuple with new relname. (Scribbling on reltup is OK * because it's a copy...) */ namestrcpy(&(relform->relname), newrelname); CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &reltup->t_self, reltup); InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId, myrelid, 0, InvalidOid, is_internal); heap_freetuple(reltup); table_close(relrelation, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Also rename the associated type, if any. */ if (OidIsValid(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype)) RenameTypeInternal(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype, newrelname, namespaceId); /* * Also rename the associated constraint, if any. */ if (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) { Oid constraintId = get_index_constraint(myrelid); if (OidIsValid(constraintId)) RenameConstraintById(constraintId, newrelname); } /* * Close rel, but keep lock! */ relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock); } /* * ResetRelRewrite - reset relrewrite */ void ResetRelRewrite(Oid myrelid) { Relation relrelation; /* for RELATION relation */ HeapTuple reltup; Form_pg_class relform; /* * Find relation's pg_class tuple. */ relrelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid); relform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup); /* * Update pg_class tuple. */ relform->relrewrite = InvalidOid; CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &reltup->t_self, reltup); heap_freetuple(reltup); table_close(relrelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Disallow ALTER TABLE (and similar commands) when the current backend has * any open reference to the target table besides the one just acquired by * the calling command; this implies there's an open cursor or active plan. * We need this check because our lock doesn't protect us against stomping * on our own foot, only other people's feet! * * For ALTER TABLE, the only case known to cause serious trouble is ALTER * COLUMN TYPE, and some changes are obviously pretty benign, so this could * possibly be relaxed to only error out for certain types of alterations. * But the use-case for allowing any of these things is not obvious, so we * won't work hard at it for now. * * We also reject these commands if there are any pending AFTER trigger events * for the rel. This is certainly necessary for the rewriting variants of * ALTER TABLE, because they don't preserve tuple TIDs and so the pending * events would try to fetch the wrong tuples. It might be overly cautious * in other cases, but again it seems better to err on the side of paranoia. * * REINDEX calls this with "rel" referencing the index to be rebuilt; here * we are worried about active indexscans on the index. The trigger-event * check can be skipped, since we are doing no damage to the parent table. * * The statement name (eg, "ALTER TABLE") is passed for use in error messages. */ void CheckTableNotInUse(Relation rel, const char *stmt) { int expected_refcnt; expected_refcnt = rel->rd_isnailed ? 2 : 1; if (rel->rd_refcnt != expected_refcnt) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE), /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */ errmsg("cannot %s \"%s\" because it is being used by active queries in this session", stmt, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(RelationGetRelid(rel))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE), /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */ errmsg("cannot %s \"%s\" because it has pending trigger events", stmt, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } /* * AlterTableLookupRelation * Look up, and lock, the OID for the relation named by an alter table * statement. */ Oid AlterTableLookupRelation(AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) { return RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, lockmode, stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation, (void *) stmt); } /* * AlterTable * Execute ALTER TABLE, which can be a list of subcommands * * ALTER TABLE is performed in three phases: * 1. Examine subcommands and perform pre-transformation checking. * 2. Validate and transform subcommands, and update system catalogs. * 3. Scan table(s) to check new constraints, and optionally recopy * the data into new table(s). * Phase 3 is not performed unless one or more of the subcommands requires * it. The intention of this design is to allow multiple independent * updates of the table schema to be performed with only one pass over the * data. * * ATPrepCmd performs phase 1. A "work queue" entry is created for * each table to be affected (there may be multiple affected tables if the * commands traverse a table inheritance hierarchy). Also we do preliminary * validation of the subcommands. Because earlier subcommands may change * the catalog state seen by later commands, there are limits to what can * be done in this phase. Generally, this phase acquires table locks, * checks permissions and relkind, and recurses to find child tables. * * ATRewriteCatalogs performs phase 2 for each affected table. * Certain subcommands need to be performed before others to avoid * unnecessary conflicts; for example, DROP COLUMN should come before * ADD COLUMN. Therefore phase 1 divides the subcommands into multiple * lists, one for each logical "pass" of phase 2. * * ATRewriteTables performs phase 3 for those tables that need it. * * For most subcommand types, phases 2 and 3 do no explicit recursion, * since phase 1 already does it. However, for certain subcommand types * it is only possible to determine how to recurse at phase 2 time; for * those cases, phase 1 sets the cmd->recurse flag (or, in some older coding, * changes the command subtype of a "Recurse" variant XXX to be cleaned up.) * * Thanks to the magic of MVCC, an error anywhere along the way rolls back * the whole operation; we don't have to do anything special to clean up. * * The caller must lock the relation, with an appropriate lock level * for the subcommands requested, using AlterTableGetLockLevel(stmt->cmds) * or higher. We pass the lock level down * so that we can apply it recursively to inherited tables. Note that the * lock level we want as we recurse might well be higher than required for * that specific subcommand. So we pass down the overall lock requirement, * rather than reassess it at lower levels. * * The caller also provides a "context" which is to be passed back to * utility.c when we need to execute a subcommand such as CREATE INDEX. * Some of the fields therein, such as the relid, are used here as well. */ void AlterTable(AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { Relation rel; /* Caller is required to provide an adequate lock. */ rel = relation_open(context->relid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "ALTER TABLE"); ATController(stmt, rel, stmt->cmds, stmt->relation->inh, lockmode, context); } /* * AlterTableInternal * * ALTER TABLE with target specified by OID * * We do not reject if the relation is already open, because it's quite * likely that one or more layers of caller have it open. That means it * is unsafe to use this entry point for alterations that could break * existing query plans. On the assumption it's not used for such, we * don't have to reject pending AFTER triggers, either. * * Also, since we don't have an AlterTableUtilityContext, this cannot be * used for any subcommand types that require parse transformation or * could generate subcommands that have to be passed to ProcessUtility. */ void AlterTableInternal(Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse) { Relation rel; LOCKMODE lockmode = AlterTableGetLockLevel(cmds); rel = relation_open(relid, lockmode); EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(relid); ATController(NULL, rel, cmds, recurse, lockmode, NULL); } /* * AlterTableGetLockLevel * * Sets the overall lock level required for the supplied list of subcommands. * Policy for doing this set according to needs of AlterTable(), see * comments there for overall explanation. * * Function is called before and after parsing, so it must give same * answer each time it is called. Some subcommands are transformed * into other subcommand types, so the transform must never be made to a * lower lock level than previously assigned. All transforms are noted below. * * Since this is called before we lock the table we cannot use table metadata * to influence the type of lock we acquire. * * There should be no lockmodes hardcoded into the subcommand functions. All * lockmode decisions for ALTER TABLE are made here only. The one exception is * ALTER TABLE RENAME which is treated as a different statement type T_RenameStmt * and does not travel through this section of code and cannot be combined with * any of the subcommands given here. * * Note that Hot Standby only knows about AccessExclusiveLocks on the primary * so any changes that might affect SELECTs running on standbys need to use * AccessExclusiveLocks even if you think a lesser lock would do, unless you * have a solution for that also. * * Also note that pg_dump uses only an AccessShareLock, meaning that anything * that takes a lock less than AccessExclusiveLock can change object definitions * while pg_dump is running. Be careful to check that the appropriate data is * derived by pg_dump using an MVCC snapshot, rather than syscache lookups, * otherwise we might end up with an inconsistent dump that can't restore. */ LOCKMODE AlterTableGetLockLevel(List *cmds) { /* * This only works if we read catalog tables using MVCC snapshots. */ ListCell *lcmd; LOCKMODE lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; foreach(lcmd, cmds) { AlterTableCmd *cmd = (AlterTableCmd *) lfirst(lcmd); LOCKMODE cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; /* default for compiler */ switch (cmd->subtype) { /* * These subcommands rewrite the heap, so require full locks. */ case AT_AddColumn: /* may rewrite heap, in some cases and visible * to SELECT */ case AT_SetTableSpace: /* must rewrite heap */ case AT_AlterColumnType: /* must rewrite heap */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * These subcommands may require addition of toast tables. If * we add a toast table to a table currently being scanned, we * might miss data added to the new toast table by concurrent * insert transactions. */ case AT_SetStorage: /* may add toast tables, see * ATRewriteCatalogs() */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * Removing constraints can affect SELECTs that have been * optimized assuming the constraint holds true. See also * CloneFkReferenced. */ case AT_DropConstraint: /* as DROP INDEX */ case AT_DropNotNull: /* may change some SQL plans */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * Subcommands that may be visible to concurrent SELECTs */ case AT_DropColumn: /* change visible to SELECT */ case AT_AddColumnToView: /* CREATE VIEW */ case AT_DropOids: /* used to equiv to DropColumn */ case AT_EnableAlwaysRule: /* may change SELECT rules */ case AT_EnableReplicaRule: /* may change SELECT rules */ case AT_EnableRule: /* may change SELECT rules */ case AT_DisableRule: /* may change SELECT rules */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * Changing owner may remove implicit SELECT privileges */ case AT_ChangeOwner: /* change visible to SELECT */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * Changing foreign table options may affect optimization. */ case AT_GenericOptions: case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * These subcommands affect write operations only. */ case AT_EnableTrig: case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig: case AT_EnableReplicaTrig: case AT_EnableTrigAll: case AT_EnableTrigUser: case AT_DisableTrig: case AT_DisableTrigAll: case AT_DisableTrigUser: cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock; break; /* * These subcommands affect write operations only. XXX * Theoretically, these could be ShareRowExclusiveLock. */ case AT_ColumnDefault: case AT_CookedColumnDefault: case AT_AlterConstraint: case AT_AddIndex: /* from ADD CONSTRAINT */ case AT_AddIndexConstraint: case AT_ReplicaIdentity: case AT_SetNotNull: case AT_EnableRowSecurity: case AT_DisableRowSecurity: case AT_ForceRowSecurity: case AT_NoForceRowSecurity: case AT_AddIdentity: case AT_DropIdentity: case AT_SetIdentity: case AT_DropExpression: case AT_SetCompression: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; case AT_AddConstraint: case AT_AddConstraintRecurse: /* becomes AT_AddConstraint */ case AT_ReAddConstraint: /* becomes AT_AddConstraint */ case AT_ReAddDomainConstraint: /* becomes AT_AddConstraint */ if (IsA(cmd->def, Constraint)) { Constraint *con = (Constraint *) cmd->def; switch (con->contype) { case CONSTR_EXCLUSION: case CONSTR_PRIMARY: case CONSTR_UNIQUE: /* * Cases essentially the same as CREATE INDEX. We * could reduce the lock strength to ShareLock if * we can work out how to allow concurrent catalog * updates. XXX Might be set down to * ShareRowExclusiveLock but requires further * analysis. */ cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; case CONSTR_FOREIGN: /* * We add triggers to both tables when we add a * Foreign Key, so the lock level must be at least * as strong as CREATE TRIGGER. */ cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock; break; default: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; } } break; /* * These subcommands affect inheritance behaviour. Queries * started before us will continue to see the old inheritance * behaviour, while queries started after we commit will see * new behaviour. No need to prevent reads or writes to the * subtable while we hook it up though. Changing the TupDesc * may be a problem, so keep highest lock. */ case AT_AddInherit: case AT_DropInherit: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * These subcommands affect implicit row type conversion. They * have affects similar to CREATE/DROP CAST on queries. don't * provide for invalidating parse trees as a result of such * changes, so we keep these at AccessExclusiveLock. */ case AT_AddOf: case AT_DropOf: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * Only used by CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW which must conflict * with an SELECTs currently using the view. */ case AT_ReplaceRelOptions: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; /* * These subcommands affect general strategies for performance * and maintenance, though don't change the semantic results * from normal data reads and writes. Delaying an ALTER TABLE * behind currently active writes only delays the point where * the new strategy begins to take effect, so there is no * benefit in waiting. In this case the minimum restriction * applies: we don't currently allow concurrent catalog * updates. */ case AT_SetStatistics: /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */ case AT_ClusterOn: /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() */ case AT_DropCluster: /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() */ case AT_SetOptions: /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */ case AT_ResetOptions: /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */ cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; break; case AT_SetLogged: case AT_SetUnLogged: cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* Uses MVCC in getConstraints() */ cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; break; /* * Rel options are more complex than first appears. Options * are set here for tables, views and indexes; for historical * reasons these can all be used with ALTER TABLE, so we can't * decide between them using the basic grammar. */ case AT_SetRelOptions: /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() and * getTables() */ case AT_ResetRelOptions: /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() and * getTables() */ cmd_lockmode = AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel((List *) cmd->def); break; case AT_AttachPartition: cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; break; case AT_DetachPartition: if (((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->concurrent) cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; else cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; break; case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize: cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock; break; case AT_CheckNotNull: /* * This only examines the table's schema; but lock must be * strong enough to prevent concurrent DROP NOT NULL. */ cmd_lockmode = AccessShareLock; break; default: /* oops */ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d", (int) cmd->subtype); break; } /* * Take the greatest lockmode from any subcommand */ if (cmd_lockmode > lockmode) lockmode = cmd_lockmode; } return lockmode; } /* * ATController provides top level control over the phases. * * parsetree is passed in to allow it to be passed to event triggers * when requested. */ static void ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { List *wqueue = NIL; ListCell *lcmd; /* Phase 1: preliminary examination of commands, create work queue */ foreach(lcmd, cmds) { AlterTableCmd *cmd = (AlterTableCmd *) lfirst(lcmd); ATPrepCmd(&wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, false, lockmode, context); } /* Close the relation, but keep lock until commit */ relation_close(rel, NoLock); /* Phase 2: update system catalogs */ ATRewriteCatalogs(&wqueue, lockmode, context); /* Phase 3: scan/rewrite tables as needed, and run afterStmts */ ATRewriteTables(parsetree, &wqueue, lockmode, context); } /* * ATPrepCmd * * Traffic cop for ALTER TABLE Phase 1 operations, including simple * recursion and permission checks. * * Caller must have acquired appropriate lock type on relation already. * This lock should be held until commit. */ static void ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { AlteredTableInfo *tab; int pass = AT_PASS_UNSET; /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); /* * Disallow any ALTER TABLE other than ALTER TABLE DETACH FINALIZE on * partitions that are pending detach. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && cmd->subtype != AT_DetachPartitionFinalize && PartitionHasPendingDetach(RelationGetRelid(rel))) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot alter partition \"%s\" with an incomplete detach", RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation.")); /* * Copy the original subcommand for each table, so we can scribble on it. * This avoids conflicts when different child tables need to make * different parse transformations (for example, the same column may have * different column numbers in different children). */ cmd = copyObject(cmd); /* * Do permissions and relkind checking, recursion to child tables if * needed, and any additional phase-1 processing needed. (But beware of * adding any processing that looks at table details that another * subcommand could change. In some cases we reject multiple subcommands * that could try to change the same state in contrary ways.) */ switch (cmd->subtype) { case AT_AddColumn: /* ADD COLUMN */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATPrepAddColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, false, cmd, lockmode, context); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL; break; case AT_AddColumnToView: /* add column via CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_VIEW); ATPrepAddColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, true, cmd, lockmode, context); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL; break; case AT_ColumnDefault: /* ALTER COLUMN DEFAULT */ /* * We allow defaults on views so that INSERT into a view can have * default-ish behavior. This works because the rewriter * substitutes default values into INSERTs before it expands * rules. */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = cmd->def ? AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR : AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_CookedColumnDefault: /* add a pre-cooked default */ /* This is currently used only in CREATE TABLE */ /* (so the permission check really isn't necessary) */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR; break; case AT_AddIdentity: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR; break; case AT_SetIdentity: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ /* This should run after AddIdentity, so do it in MISC pass */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DropIdentity: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_DropNotNull: /* ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATPrepDropNotNull(rel, recurse, recursing); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_SetNotNull: /* ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Need command-specific recursion decision */ ATPrepSetNotNull(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, recursing, lockmode, context); pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS; break; case AT_CheckNotNull: /* check column is already marked NOT NULL */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS; break; case AT_DropExpression: /* ALTER COLUMN DROP EXPRESSION */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); ATPrepDropExpression(rel, cmd, recurse, recursing, lockmode); pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_SetStatistics: /* ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_SetOptions: /* ALTER COLUMN SET ( options ) */ case AT_ResetOptions: /* ALTER COLUMN RESET ( options ) */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_SetStorage: /* ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_SetCompression: /* ALTER COLUMN SET COMPRESSION */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DropColumn: /* DROP COLUMN */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATPrepDropColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd, lockmode, context); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_AddIndex: /* ADD INDEX */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX; break; case AT_AddConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */ if (recurse) cmd->subtype = AT_AddConstraintRecurse; pass = AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR; break; case AT_AddIndexConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR; break; case AT_DropConstraint: /* DROP CONSTRAINT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(rel, lockmode); /* Other recursion occurs during execution phase */ /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */ if (recurse) cmd->subtype = AT_DropConstraintRecurse; pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_AlterColumnType: /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* See comments for ATPrepAlterColumnType */ cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, AT_PASS_UNSET, context); Assert(cmd != NULL); /* Performs own recursion */ ATPrepAlterColumnType(wqueue, tab, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd, lockmode, context); pass = AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE; break; case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_ChangeOwner: /* ALTER OWNER */ /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_ClusterOn: /* CLUSTER ON */ case AT_DropCluster: /* SET WITHOUT CLUSTER */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW); /* These commands never recurse */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_SetLogged: /* SET LOGGED */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); if (tab->chgPersistence) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot change persistence setting twice"))); tab->chgPersistence = ATPrepChangePersistence(rel, true); /* force rewrite if necessary; see comment in ATRewriteTables */ if (tab->chgPersistence) { tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_ALTER_PERSISTENCE; tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT; } pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_SetUnLogged: /* SET UNLOGGED */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); if (tab->chgPersistence) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot change persistence setting twice"))); tab->chgPersistence = ATPrepChangePersistence(rel, false); /* force rewrite if necessary; see comment in ATRewriteTables */ if (tab->chgPersistence) { tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_ALTER_PERSISTENCE; tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED; } pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DropOids: /* SET WITHOUT OIDS */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); pass = AT_PASS_DROP; break; case AT_SetTableSpace: /* SET TABLESPACE */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX); /* This command never recurses */ ATPrepSetTableSpace(tab, rel, cmd->name, lockmode); pass = AT_PASS_MISC; /* doesn't actually matter */ break; case AT_SetRelOptions: /* SET (...) */ case AT_ResetRelOptions: /* RESET (...) */ case AT_ReplaceRelOptions: /* reset them all, then set just these */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_AddInherit: /* INHERIT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ ATPrepAddInherit(rel); pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DropInherit: /* NO INHERIT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_AlterConstraint: /* ALTER CONSTRAINT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */ if (recurse) cmd->subtype = AT_ValidateConstraintRecurse; pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_ReplicaIdentity: /* REPLICA IDENTITY ... */ ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW); pass = AT_PASS_MISC; /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ break; case AT_EnableTrig: /* ENABLE TRIGGER variants */ case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig: case AT_EnableReplicaTrig: case AT_EnableTrigAll: case AT_EnableTrigUser: case AT_DisableTrig: /* DISABLE TRIGGER variants */ case AT_DisableTrigAll: case AT_DisableTrigUser: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */ if (recurse) cmd->recurse = true; pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_EnableRule: /* ENABLE/DISABLE RULE variants */ case AT_EnableAlwaysRule: case AT_EnableReplicaRule: case AT_DisableRule: case AT_AddOf: /* OF */ case AT_DropOf: /* NOT OF */ case AT_EnableRowSecurity: case AT_DisableRowSecurity: case AT_ForceRowSecurity: case AT_NoForceRowSecurity: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* These commands never recurse */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_GenericOptions: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_AttachPartition: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DetachPartition: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize: ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE); /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; default: /* oops */ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d", (int) cmd->subtype); pass = AT_PASS_UNSET; /* keep compiler quiet */ break; } Assert(pass > AT_PASS_UNSET); /* Add the subcommand to the appropriate list for phase 2 */ tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], cmd); } /* * ATRewriteCatalogs * * Traffic cop for ALTER TABLE Phase 2 operations. Subcommands are * dispatched in a "safe" execution order (designed to avoid unnecessary * conflicts). */ static void ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { int pass; ListCell *ltab; /* * We process all the tables "in parallel", one pass at a time. This is * needed because we may have to propagate work from one table to another * (specifically, ALTER TYPE on a foreign key's PK has to dispatch the * re-adding of the foreign key constraint to the other table). Work can * only be propagated into later passes, however. */ for (pass = 0; pass < AT_NUM_PASSES; pass++) { /* Go through each table that needs to be processed */ foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); List *subcmds = tab->subcmds[pass]; ListCell *lcmd; if (subcmds == NIL) continue; /* * Open the relation and store it in tab. This allows subroutines * close and reopen, if necessary. Appropriate lock was obtained * by phase 1, needn't get it again. */ tab->rel = relation_open(tab->relid, NoLock); foreach(lcmd, subcmds) ATExecCmd(wqueue, tab, castNode(AlterTableCmd, lfirst(lcmd)), lockmode, pass, context); /* * After the ALTER TYPE pass, do cleanup work (this is not done in * ATExecAlterColumnType since it should be done only once if * multiple columns of a table are altered). */ if (pass == AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE) ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(wqueue, tab, lockmode); if (tab->rel) { relation_close(tab->rel, NoLock); tab->rel = NULL; } } } /* Check to see if a toast table must be added. */ foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); /* * If the table is source table of ATTACH PARTITION command, we did * not modify anything about it that will change its toasting * requirement, so no need to check. */ if (((tab->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) && tab->partition_constraint == NULL) || tab->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW) AlterTableCreateToastTable(tab->relid, (Datum) 0, lockmode); } } /* * ATExecCmd: dispatch a subcommand to appropriate execution routine */ static void ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress; Relation rel = tab->rel; switch (cmd->subtype) { case AT_AddColumn: /* ADD COLUMN */ case AT_AddColumnToView: /* add column via CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW */ address = ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, tab, rel, &cmd, false, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); break; case AT_AddColumnRecurse: address = ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, tab, rel, &cmd, true, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); break; case AT_ColumnDefault: /* ALTER COLUMN DEFAULT */ address = ATExecColumnDefault(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_CookedColumnDefault: /* add a pre-cooked default */ address = ATExecCookedColumnDefault(rel, cmd->num, cmd->def); break; case AT_AddIdentity: cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); Assert(cmd != NULL); address = ATExecAddIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_SetIdentity: cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); Assert(cmd != NULL); address = ATExecSetIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_DropIdentity: address = ATExecDropIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode); break; case AT_DropNotNull: /* ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL */ address = ATExecDropNotNull(rel, cmd->name, lockmode); break; case AT_SetNotNull: /* ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL */ address = ATExecSetNotNull(tab, rel, cmd->name, lockmode); break; case AT_CheckNotNull: /* check column is already marked NOT NULL */ ATExecCheckNotNull(tab, rel, cmd->name, lockmode); break; case AT_DropExpression: address = ATExecDropExpression(rel, cmd->name, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode); break; case AT_SetStatistics: /* ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS */ address = ATExecSetStatistics(rel, cmd->name, cmd->num, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_SetOptions: /* ALTER COLUMN SET ( options ) */ address = ATExecSetOptions(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, false, lockmode); break; case AT_ResetOptions: /* ALTER COLUMN RESET ( options ) */ address = ATExecSetOptions(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, true, lockmode); break; case AT_SetStorage: /* ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE */ address = ATExecSetStorage(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_SetCompression: address = ATExecSetCompression(tab, rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_DropColumn: /* DROP COLUMN */ address = ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, rel, cmd->name, cmd->behavior, false, false, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode, NULL); break; case AT_DropColumnRecurse: /* DROP COLUMN with recursion */ address = ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, rel, cmd->name, cmd->behavior, true, false, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode, NULL); break; case AT_AddIndex: /* ADD INDEX */ address = ATExecAddIndex(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def, false, lockmode); break; case AT_ReAddIndex: /* ADD INDEX */ address = ATExecAddIndex(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def, true, lockmode); break; case AT_ReAddStatistics: /* ADD STATISTICS */ address = ATExecAddStatistics(tab, rel, (CreateStatsStmt *) cmd->def, true, lockmode); break; case AT_AddConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT */ /* Transform the command only during initial examination */ if (cur_pass == AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR) cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); /* Depending on constraint type, might be no more work to do now */ if (cmd != NULL) address = ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, (Constraint *) cmd->def, false, false, lockmode); break; case AT_AddConstraintRecurse: /* ADD CONSTRAINT with recursion */ /* Transform the command only during initial examination */ if (cur_pass == AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR) cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, true, lockmode, cur_pass, context); /* Depending on constraint type, might be no more work to do now */ if (cmd != NULL) address = ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, (Constraint *) cmd->def, true, false, lockmode); break; case AT_ReAddConstraint: /* Re-add pre-existing check constraint */ address = ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, (Constraint *) cmd->def, true, true, lockmode); break; case AT_ReAddDomainConstraint: /* Re-add pre-existing domain check * constraint */ address = AlterDomainAddConstraint(((AlterDomainStmt *) cmd->def)->typeName, ((AlterDomainStmt *) cmd->def)->def, NULL); break; case AT_ReAddComment: /* Re-add existing comment */ address = CommentObject((CommentStmt *) cmd->def); break; case AT_AddIndexConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX */ address = ATExecAddIndexConstraint(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_AlterConstraint: /* ALTER CONSTRAINT */ address = ATExecAlterConstraint(rel, cmd, false, false, lockmode); break; case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */ address = ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, rel, cmd->name, false, false, lockmode); break; case AT_ValidateConstraintRecurse: /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT with * recursion */ address = ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, rel, cmd->name, true, false, lockmode); break; case AT_DropConstraint: /* DROP CONSTRAINT */ ATExecDropConstraint(rel, cmd->name, cmd->behavior, false, false, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode); break; case AT_DropConstraintRecurse: /* DROP CONSTRAINT with recursion */ ATExecDropConstraint(rel, cmd->name, cmd->behavior, true, false, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode); break; case AT_AlterColumnType: /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */ /* parse transformation was done earlier */ address = ATExecAlterColumnType(tab, rel, cmd, lockmode); break; case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions: /* ALTER COLUMN OPTIONS */ address = ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(rel, cmd->name, (List *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_ChangeOwner: /* ALTER OWNER */ ATExecChangeOwner(RelationGetRelid(rel), get_rolespec_oid(cmd->newowner, false), false, lockmode); break; case AT_ClusterOn: /* CLUSTER ON */ address = ATExecClusterOn(rel, cmd->name, lockmode); break; case AT_DropCluster: /* SET WITHOUT CLUSTER */ ATExecDropCluster(rel, lockmode); break; case AT_SetLogged: /* SET LOGGED */ case AT_SetUnLogged: /* SET UNLOGGED */ break; case AT_DropOids: /* SET WITHOUT OIDS */ /* nothing to do here, oid columns don't exist anymore */ break; case AT_SetTableSpace: /* SET TABLESPACE */ /* * Only do this for partitioned tables and indexes, for which this * is just a catalog change. Other relation types which have * storage are handled by Phase 3. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(rel, tab->newTableSpace); break; case AT_SetRelOptions: /* SET (...) */ case AT_ResetRelOptions: /* RESET (...) */ case AT_ReplaceRelOptions: /* replace entire option list */ ATExecSetRelOptions(rel, (List *) cmd->def, cmd->subtype, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableTrig: /* ENABLE TRIGGER name */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig: /* ENABLE ALWAYS TRIGGER name */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name, TRIGGER_FIRES_ALWAYS, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableReplicaTrig: /* ENABLE REPLICA TRIGGER name */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_DisableTrig: /* DISABLE TRIGGER name */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name, TRIGGER_DISABLED, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableTrigAll: /* ENABLE TRIGGER ALL */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_DisableTrigAll: /* DISABLE TRIGGER ALL */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL, TRIGGER_DISABLED, false, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableTrigUser: /* ENABLE TRIGGER USER */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL, TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, true, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_DisableTrigUser: /* DISABLE TRIGGER USER */ ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL, TRIGGER_DISABLED, true, cmd->recurse, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableRule: /* ENABLE RULE name */ ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name, RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableAlwaysRule: /* ENABLE ALWAYS RULE name */ ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name, RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableReplicaRule: /* ENABLE REPLICA RULE name */ ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name, RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, lockmode); break; case AT_DisableRule: /* DISABLE RULE name */ ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name, RULE_DISABLED, lockmode); break; case AT_AddInherit: address = ATExecAddInherit(rel, (RangeVar *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_DropInherit: address = ATExecDropInherit(rel, (RangeVar *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_AddOf: address = ATExecAddOf(rel, (TypeName *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_DropOf: ATExecDropOf(rel, lockmode); break; case AT_ReplicaIdentity: ATExecReplicaIdentity(rel, (ReplicaIdentityStmt *) cmd->def, lockmode); break; case AT_EnableRowSecurity: ATExecSetRowSecurity(rel, true); break; case AT_DisableRowSecurity: ATExecSetRowSecurity(rel, false); break; case AT_ForceRowSecurity: ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(rel, true); break; case AT_NoForceRowSecurity: ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(rel, false); break; case AT_GenericOptions: ATExecGenericOptions(rel, (List *) cmd->def); break; case AT_AttachPartition: cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); Assert(cmd != NULL); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ATExecAttachPartition(wqueue, rel, (PartitionCmd *) cmd->def, context); else ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(wqueue, rel, ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name); break; case AT_DetachPartition: cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode, cur_pass, context); Assert(cmd != NULL); /* ATPrepCmd ensures it must be a table */ Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE); ATExecDetachPartition(wqueue, tab, rel, ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name, ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->concurrent); break; case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize: ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(rel, ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name); break; default: /* oops */ elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d", (int) cmd->subtype); break; } /* * Report the subcommand to interested event triggers. */ if (cmd) EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd((Node *) cmd, address); /* * Bump the command counter to ensure the next subcommand in the sequence * can see the changes so far */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } /* * ATParseTransformCmd: perform parse transformation for one subcommand * * Returns the transformed subcommand tree, if there is one, else NULL. * * The parser may hand back additional AlterTableCmd(s) and/or other * utility statements, either before or after the original subcommand. * Other AlterTableCmds are scheduled into the appropriate slot of the * AlteredTableInfo (they had better be for later passes than the current one). * Utility statements that are supposed to happen before the AlterTableCmd * are executed immediately. Those that are supposed to happen afterwards * are added to the tab->afterStmts list to be done at the very end. */ static AlterTableCmd * ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { AlterTableCmd *newcmd = NULL; AlterTableStmt *atstmt = makeNode(AlterTableStmt); List *beforeStmts; List *afterStmts; ListCell *lc; /* Gin up an AlterTableStmt with just this subcommand and this table */ atstmt->relation = makeRangeVar(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)), pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel)), -1); atstmt->relation->inh = recurse; atstmt->cmds = list_make1(cmd); atstmt->objtype = OBJECT_TABLE; /* needn't be picky here */ atstmt->missing_ok = false; /* Transform the AlterTableStmt */ atstmt = transformAlterTableStmt(RelationGetRelid(rel), atstmt, context->queryString, &beforeStmts, &afterStmts); /* Execute any statements that should happen before these subcommand(s) */ foreach(lc, beforeStmts) { Node *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(lc); ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(stmt, context); CommandCounterIncrement(); } /* Examine the transformed subcommands and schedule them appropriately */ foreach(lc, atstmt->cmds) { AlterTableCmd *cmd2 = lfirst_node(AlterTableCmd, lc); int pass; /* * This switch need only cover the subcommand types that can be added * by parse_utilcmd.c; otherwise, we'll use the default strategy of * executing the subcommand immediately, as a substitute for the * original subcommand. (Note, however, that this does cause * AT_AddConstraint subcommands to be rescheduled into later passes, * which is important for index and foreign key constraints.) * * We assume we needn't do any phase-1 checks for added subcommands. */ switch (cmd2->subtype) { case AT_SetNotNull: /* Need command-specific recursion decision */ ATPrepSetNotNull(wqueue, rel, cmd2, recurse, false, lockmode, context); pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS; break; case AT_AddIndex: /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX; break; case AT_AddIndexConstraint: /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR; break; case AT_AddConstraint: /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */ if (recurse) cmd2->subtype = AT_AddConstraintRecurse; switch (castNode(Constraint, cmd2->def)->contype) { case CONSTR_PRIMARY: case CONSTR_UNIQUE: case CONSTR_EXCLUSION: pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR; break; default: pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR; break; } break; case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions: /* This command never recurses */ /* No command-specific prep needed */ pass = AT_PASS_MISC; break; default: pass = cur_pass; break; } if (pass < cur_pass) { /* Cannot schedule into a pass we already finished */ elog(ERROR, "ALTER TABLE scheduling failure: too late for pass %d", pass); } else if (pass > cur_pass) { /* OK, queue it up for later */ tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], cmd2); } else { /* * We should see at most one subcommand for the current pass, * which is the transformed version of the original subcommand. */ if (newcmd == NULL && cmd->subtype == cmd2->subtype) { /* Found the transformed version of our subcommand */ newcmd = cmd2; } else elog(ERROR, "ALTER TABLE scheduling failure: bogus item for pass %d", pass); } } /* Queue up any after-statements to happen at the end */ tab->afterStmts = list_concat(tab->afterStmts, afterStmts); return newcmd; } /* * ATRewriteTables: ALTER TABLE phase 3 */ static void ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { ListCell *ltab; /* Go through each table that needs to be checked or rewritten */ foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); /* Relations without storage may be ignored here */ if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind)) continue; /* * If we change column data types, the operation has to be propagated * to tables that use this table's rowtype as a column type. * tab->newvals will also be non-NULL in the case where we're adding a * column with a default. We choose to forbid that case as well, * since composite types might eventually support defaults. * * (Eventually we'll probably need to check for composite type * dependencies even when we're just scanning the table without a * rewrite, but at the moment a composite type does not enforce any * constraints, so it's not necessary/appropriate to enforce them just * during ALTER.) */ if (tab->newvals != NIL || tab->rewrite > 0) { Relation rel; rel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock); find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, rel, NULL); table_close(rel, NoLock); } /* * We only need to rewrite the table if at least one column needs to * be recomputed, or we are changing its persistence. * * There are two reasons for requiring a rewrite when changing * persistence: on one hand, we need to ensure that the buffers * belonging to each of the two relations are marked with or without * BM_PERMANENT properly. On the other hand, since rewriting creates * and assigns a new relfilenode, we automatically create or drop an * init fork for the relation as appropriate. */ if (tab->rewrite > 0) { /* Build a temporary relation and copy data */ Relation OldHeap; Oid OIDNewHeap; Oid NewTableSpace; char persistence; OldHeap = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock); /* * We don't support rewriting of system catalogs; there are too * many corner cases and too little benefit. In particular this * is certainly not going to work for mapped catalogs. */ if (IsSystemRelation(OldHeap)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot rewrite system relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap)))); if (RelationIsUsedAsCatalogTable(OldHeap)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot rewrite table \"%s\" used as a catalog table", RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap)))); /* * Don't allow rewrite on temp tables of other backends ... their * local buffer manager is not going to cope. */ if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(OldHeap)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot rewrite temporary tables of other sessions"))); /* * Select destination tablespace (same as original unless user * requested a change) */ if (tab->newTableSpace) NewTableSpace = tab->newTableSpace; else NewTableSpace = OldHeap->rd_rel->reltablespace; /* * Select persistence of transient table (same as original unless * user requested a change) */ persistence = tab->chgPersistence ? tab->newrelpersistence : OldHeap->rd_rel->relpersistence; table_close(OldHeap, NoLock); /* * Fire off an Event Trigger now, before actually rewriting the * table. * * We don't support Event Trigger for nested commands anywhere, * here included, and parsetree is given NULL when coming from * AlterTableInternal. * * And fire it only once. */ if (parsetree) EventTriggerTableRewrite((Node *) parsetree, tab->relid, tab->rewrite); /* * Create transient table that will receive the modified data. * * Ensure it is marked correctly as logged or unlogged. We have * to do this here so that buffers for the new relfilenode will * have the right persistence set, and at the same time ensure * that the original filenode's buffers will get read in with the * correct setting (i.e. the original one). Otherwise a rollback * after the rewrite would possibly result with buffers for the * original filenode having the wrong persistence setting. * * NB: This relies on swap_relation_files() also swapping the * persistence. That wouldn't work for pg_class, but that can't be * unlogged anyway. */ OIDNewHeap = make_new_heap(tab->relid, NewTableSpace, persistence, lockmode); /* * Copy the heap data into the new table with the desired * modifications, and test the current data within the table * against new constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands. */ ATRewriteTable(tab, OIDNewHeap, lockmode); /* * Swap the physical files of the old and new heaps, then rebuild * indexes and discard the old heap. We can use RecentXmin for * the table's new relfrozenxid because we rewrote all the tuples * in ATRewriteTable, so no older Xid remains in the table. Also, * we never try to swap toast tables by content, since we have no * interest in letting this code work on system catalogs. */ finish_heap_swap(tab->relid, OIDNewHeap, false, false, true, !OidIsValid(tab->newTableSpace), RecentXmin, ReadNextMultiXactId(), persistence); } else { /* * If required, test the current data within the table against new * constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands, but don't * rebuild data. */ if (tab->constraints != NIL || tab->verify_new_notnull || tab->partition_constraint != NULL) ATRewriteTable(tab, InvalidOid, lockmode); /* * If we had SET TABLESPACE but no reason to reconstruct tuples, * just do a block-by-block copy. */ if (tab->newTableSpace) ATExecSetTableSpace(tab->relid, tab->newTableSpace, lockmode); } } /* * Foreign key constraints are checked in a final pass, since (a) it's * generally best to examine each one separately, and (b) it's at least * theoretically possible that we have changed both relations of the * foreign key, and we'd better have finished both rewrites before we try * to read the tables. */ foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); Relation rel = NULL; ListCell *lcon; /* Relations without storage may be ignored here too */ if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind)) continue; foreach(lcon, tab->constraints) { NewConstraint *con = lfirst(lcon); if (con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN) { Constraint *fkconstraint = (Constraint *) con->qual; Relation refrel; if (rel == NULL) { /* Long since locked, no need for another */ rel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock); } refrel = table_open(con->refrelid, RowShareLock); validateForeignKeyConstraint(fkconstraint->conname, rel, refrel, con->refindid, con->conid); /* * No need to mark the constraint row as validated, we did * that when we inserted the row earlier. */ table_close(refrel, NoLock); } } if (rel) table_close(rel, NoLock); } /* Finally, run any afterStmts that were queued up */ foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); ListCell *lc; foreach(lc, tab->afterStmts) { Node *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(lc); ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(stmt, context); CommandCounterIncrement(); } } } /* * ATRewriteTable: scan or rewrite one table * * OIDNewHeap is InvalidOid if we don't need to rewrite */ static void ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation oldrel; Relation newrel; TupleDesc oldTupDesc; TupleDesc newTupDesc; bool needscan = false; List *notnull_attrs; int i; ListCell *l; EState *estate; CommandId mycid; BulkInsertState bistate; int ti_options; ExprState *partqualstate = NULL; /* * Open the relation(s). We have surely already locked the existing * table. */ oldrel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock); oldTupDesc = tab->oldDesc; newTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(oldrel); /* includes all mods */ if (OidIsValid(OIDNewHeap)) newrel = table_open(OIDNewHeap, lockmode); else newrel = NULL; /* * Prepare a BulkInsertState and options for table_tuple_insert. The FSM * is empty, so don't bother using it. */ if (newrel) { mycid = GetCurrentCommandId(true); bistate = GetBulkInsertState(); ti_options = TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM; } else { /* keep compiler quiet about using these uninitialized */ mycid = 0; bistate = NULL; ti_options = 0; } /* * Generate the constraint and default execution states */ estate = CreateExecutorState(); /* Build the needed expression execution states */ foreach(l, tab->constraints) { NewConstraint *con = lfirst(l); switch (con->contype) { case CONSTR_CHECK: needscan = true; con->qualstate = ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) con->qual, estate); break; case CONSTR_FOREIGN: /* Nothing to do here */ break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d", (int) con->contype); } } /* Build expression execution states for partition check quals */ if (tab->partition_constraint) { needscan = true; partqualstate = ExecPrepareExpr(tab->partition_constraint, estate); } foreach(l, tab->newvals) { NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l); /* expr already planned */ ex->exprstate = ExecInitExpr((Expr *) ex->expr, NULL); } notnull_attrs = NIL; if (newrel || tab->verify_new_notnull) { /* * If we are rebuilding the tuples OR if we added any new but not * verified NOT NULL constraints, check all not-null constraints. This * is a bit of overkill but it minimizes risk of bugs, and * heap_attisnull is a pretty cheap test anyway. */ for (i = 0; i < newTupDesc->natts; i++) { Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, i); if (attr->attnotnull && !attr->attisdropped) notnull_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_attrs, i); } if (notnull_attrs) needscan = true; } if (newrel || needscan) { ExprContext *econtext; TupleTableSlot *oldslot; TupleTableSlot *newslot; TableScanDesc scan; MemoryContext oldCxt; List *dropped_attrs = NIL; ListCell *lc; Snapshot snapshot; if (newrel) ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("rewriting table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)))); else ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("verifying table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)))); if (newrel) { /* * All predicate locks on the tuples or pages are about to be made * invalid, because we move tuples around. Promote them to * relation locks. */ TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(oldrel); } econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate); /* * Create necessary tuple slots. When rewriting, two slots are needed, * otherwise one suffices. In the case where one slot suffices, we * need to use the new tuple descriptor, otherwise some constraints * can't be evaluated. Note that even when the tuple layout is the * same and no rewrite is required, the tupDescs might not be * (consider ADD COLUMN without a default). */ if (tab->rewrite) { Assert(newrel != NULL); oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(oldTupDesc, table_slot_callbacks(oldrel)); newslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc, table_slot_callbacks(newrel)); /* * Set all columns in the new slot to NULL initially, to ensure * columns added as part of the rewrite are initialized to NULL. * That is necessary as tab->newvals will not contain an * expression for columns with a NULL default, e.g. when adding a * column without a default together with a column with a default * requiring an actual rewrite. */ ExecStoreAllNullTuple(newslot); } else { oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc, table_slot_callbacks(oldrel)); newslot = NULL; } /* * Any attributes that are dropped according to the new tuple * descriptor can be set to NULL. We precompute the list of dropped * attributes to avoid needing to do so in the per-tuple loop. */ for (i = 0; i < newTupDesc->natts; i++) { if (TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, i)->attisdropped) dropped_attrs = lappend_int(dropped_attrs, i); } /* * Scan through the rows, generating a new row if needed and then * checking all the constraints. */ snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetLatestSnapshot()); scan = table_beginscan(oldrel, snapshot, 0, NULL); /* * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple * produced, so we don't leak memory. */ oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate)); while (table_scan_getnextslot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, oldslot)) { TupleTableSlot *insertslot; if (tab->rewrite > 0) { /* Extract data from old tuple */ slot_getallattrs(oldslot); ExecClearTuple(newslot); /* copy attributes */ memcpy(newslot->tts_values, oldslot->tts_values, sizeof(Datum) * oldslot->tts_nvalid); memcpy(newslot->tts_isnull, oldslot->tts_isnull, sizeof(bool) * oldslot->tts_nvalid); /* Set dropped attributes to null in new tuple */ foreach(lc, dropped_attrs) newslot->tts_isnull[lfirst_int(lc)] = true; /* * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the * tableoid column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired * value. (We must do this each time, because it gets * overwritten with newrel's OID during storing.) */ newslot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(oldrel); /* * Process supplied expressions to replace selected columns. * * First, evaluate expressions whose inputs come from the old * tuple. */ econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldslot; foreach(l, tab->newvals) { NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l); if (ex->is_generated) continue; newslot->tts_values[ex->attnum - 1] = ExecEvalExpr(ex->exprstate, econtext, &newslot->tts_isnull[ex->attnum - 1]); } ExecStoreVirtualTuple(newslot); /* * Now, evaluate any expressions whose inputs come from the * new tuple. We assume these columns won't reference each * other, so that there's no ordering dependency. */ econtext->ecxt_scantuple = newslot; foreach(l, tab->newvals) { NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l); if (!ex->is_generated) continue; newslot->tts_values[ex->attnum - 1] = ExecEvalExpr(ex->exprstate, econtext, &newslot->tts_isnull[ex->attnum - 1]); } insertslot = newslot; } else { /* * If there's no rewrite, old and new table are guaranteed to * have the same AM, so we can just use the old slot to verify * new constraints etc. */ insertslot = oldslot; } /* Now check any constraints on the possibly-changed tuple */ econtext->ecxt_scantuple = insertslot; foreach(l, notnull_attrs) { int attn = lfirst_int(l); if (slot_attisnull(insertslot, attn + 1)) { Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, attn); ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" contains null values", NameStr(attr->attname), RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)), errtablecol(oldrel, attn + 1))); } } foreach(l, tab->constraints) { NewConstraint *con = lfirst(l); switch (con->contype) { case CONSTR_CHECK: if (!ExecCheck(con->qualstate, econtext)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION), errmsg("check constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is violated by some row", con->name, RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)), errtableconstraint(oldrel, con->name))); break; case CONSTR_FOREIGN: /* Nothing to do here */ break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d", (int) con->contype); } } if (partqualstate && !ExecCheck(partqualstate, econtext)) { if (tab->validate_default) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION), errmsg("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" would be violated by some row", RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)), errtable(oldrel))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION), errmsg("partition constraint of relation \"%s\" is violated by some row", RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)), errtable(oldrel))); } /* Write the tuple out to the new relation */ if (newrel) table_tuple_insert(newrel, insertslot, mycid, ti_options, bistate); ResetExprContext(econtext); CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); } MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt); table_endscan(scan); UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot); ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(oldslot); if (newslot) ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(newslot); } FreeExecutorState(estate); table_close(oldrel, NoLock); if (newrel) { FreeBulkInsertState(bistate); table_finish_bulk_insert(newrel, ti_options); table_close(newrel, NoLock); } } /* * ATGetQueueEntry: find or create an entry in the ALTER TABLE work queue */ static AlteredTableInfo * ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel) { Oid relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); AlteredTableInfo *tab; ListCell *ltab; foreach(ltab, *wqueue) { tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab); if (tab->relid == relid) return tab; } /* * Not there, so add it. Note that we make a copy of the relation's * existing descriptor before anything interesting can happen to it. */ tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) palloc0(sizeof(AlteredTableInfo)); tab->relid = relid; tab->rel = NULL; /* set later */ tab->relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind; tab->oldDesc = CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(RelationGetDescr(rel)); tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT; tab->chgPersistence = false; *wqueue = lappend(*wqueue, tab); return tab; } /* * ATSimplePermissions * * - Ensure that it is a relation (or possibly a view) * - Ensure this user is the owner * - Ensure that it is not a system table */ static void ATSimplePermissions(Relation rel, int allowed_targets) { int actual_target; switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind) { case RELKIND_RELATION: case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE: actual_target = ATT_TABLE; break; case RELKIND_VIEW: actual_target = ATT_VIEW; break; case RELKIND_MATVIEW: actual_target = ATT_MATVIEW; break; case RELKIND_INDEX: actual_target = ATT_INDEX; break; case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX: actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX; break; case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE: actual_target = ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE; break; case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE: actual_target = ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE; break; default: actual_target = 0; break; } /* Wrong target type? */ if ((actual_target & allowed_targets) == 0) ATWrongRelkindError(rel, allowed_targets); /* Permissions checks */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind), RelationGetRelationName(rel)); if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } /* * ATWrongRelkindError * * Throw an error when a relation has been determined to be of the wrong * type. */ static void ATWrongRelkindError(Relation rel, int allowed_targets) { char *msg; switch (allowed_targets) { case ATT_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table or view"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, view, or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_VIEW | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, view, materialized view, or index"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table or materialized view"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, materialized view, or index"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, materialized view, index, or partitioned index"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, materialized view, index, partitioned index, or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, materialized view, or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, composite type, or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table, materialized view, index, or foreign table"); break; case ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a table or partitioned index"); break; case ATT_VIEW: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a view"); break; case ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE: msg = _("\"%s\" is not a foreign table"); break; default: /* shouldn't get here, add all necessary cases above */ msg = _("\"%s\" is of the wrong type"); break; } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg(msg, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } /* * ATSimpleRecursion * * Simple table recursion sufficient for most ALTER TABLE operations. * All direct and indirect children are processed in an unspecified order. * Note that if a child inherits from the original table via multiple * inheritance paths, it will be visited just once. */ static void ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { /* * Propagate to children, if desired and if there are (or might be) any * children. */ if (recurse && rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass) { Oid relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); ListCell *child; List *children; children = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode, NULL); /* * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the * list that it returns. */ foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; if (childrelid == relid) continue; /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */ childrel = relation_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, false, true, lockmode, context); relation_close(childrel, NoLock); } } } /* * Obtain list of partitions of the given table, locking them all at the given * lockmode and ensuring that they all pass CheckTableNotInUse. * * This function is a no-op if the given relation is not a partitioned table; * in particular, nothing is done if it's a legacy inheritance parent. */ static void ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) { if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { List *inh; ListCell *cell; inh = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode, NULL); /* first element is the parent rel; must ignore it */ for_each_from(cell, inh, 1) { Relation childrel; /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */ childrel = table_open(lfirst_oid(cell), NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } list_free(inh); } } /* * ATTypedTableRecursion * * Propagate ALTER TYPE operations to the typed tables of that type. * Also check the RESTRICT/CASCADE behavior. Given CASCADE, also permit * recursion to inheritance children of the typed tables. */ static void ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { ListCell *child; List *children; Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE); children = find_typed_table_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, RelationGetRelationName(rel), cmd->behavior); foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; childrel = relation_open(childrelid, lockmode); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, true, true, lockmode, context); relation_close(childrel, NoLock); } } /* * find_composite_type_dependencies * * Check to see if the type "typeOid" is being used as a column in some table * (possibly nested several levels deep in composite types, arrays, etc!). * Eventually, we'd like to propagate the check or rewrite operation * into such tables, but for now, just error out if we find any. * * Caller should provide either the associated relation of a rowtype, * or a type name (not both) for use in the error message, if any. * * Note that "typeOid" is not necessarily a composite type; it could also be * another container type such as an array or range, or a domain over one of * these things. The name of this function is therefore somewhat historical, * but it's not worth changing. * * We assume that functions and views depending on the type are not reasons * to reject the ALTER. (How safe is this really?) */ void find_composite_type_dependencies(Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation, const char *origTypeName) { Relation depRel; ScanKeyData key[2]; SysScanDesc depScan; HeapTuple depTup; /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */ check_stack_depth(); /* * We scan pg_depend to find those things that depend on the given type. * (We assume we can ignore refobjsubid for a type.) */ depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_refclassid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(TypeRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_refobjid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid)); depScan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true, NULL, 2, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(depScan))) { Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup); Relation rel; Form_pg_attribute att; /* Check for directly dependent types */ if (pg_depend->classid == TypeRelationId) { /* * This must be an array, domain, or range containing the given * type, so recursively check for uses of this type. Note that * any error message will mention the original type not the * container; this is intentional. */ find_composite_type_dependencies(pg_depend->objid, origRelation, origTypeName); continue; } /* Else, ignore dependees that aren't user columns of relations */ /* (we assume system columns are never of interesting types) */ if (pg_depend->classid != RelationRelationId || pg_depend->objsubid <= 0) continue; rel = relation_open(pg_depend->objid, AccessShareLock); att = TupleDescAttr(rel->rd_att, pg_depend->objsubid - 1); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { if (origTypeName) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses it", origTypeName, RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(att->attname)))); else if (origRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses it", RelationGetRelationName(origRelation), RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(att->attname)))); else if (origRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter foreign table \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses its row type", RelationGetRelationName(origRelation), RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(att->attname)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter table \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses its row type", RelationGetRelationName(origRelation), RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(att->attname)))); } else if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltype)) { /* * A view or composite type itself isn't a problem, but we must * recursively check for indirect dependencies via its rowtype. */ find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, origRelation, origTypeName); } relation_close(rel, AccessShareLock); } systable_endscan(depScan); relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock); } /* * find_typed_table_dependencies * * Check to see if a composite type is being used as the type of a * typed table. Abort if any are found and behavior is RESTRICT. * Else return the list of tables. */ static List * find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior) { Relation classRel; ScanKeyData key[1]; TableScanDesc scan; HeapTuple tuple; List *result = NIL; classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_class_reloftype, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid)); scan = table_beginscan_catalog(classRel, 1, key); while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL) { Form_pg_class classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (behavior == DROP_RESTRICT) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST), errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because it is the type of a typed table", typeName), errhint("Use ALTER ... CASCADE to alter the typed tables too."))); else result = lappend_oid(result, classform->oid); } table_endscan(scan); table_close(classRel, AccessShareLock); return result; } /* * check_of_type * * Check whether a type is suitable for CREATE TABLE OF/ALTER TABLE OF. If it * isn't suitable, throw an error. Currently, we require that the type * originated with CREATE TYPE AS. We could support any row type, but doing so * would require handling a number of extra corner cases in the DDL commands. * (Also, allowing domain-over-composite would open up a can of worms about * whether and how the domain's constraints should apply to derived tables.) */ void check_of_type(HeapTuple typetuple) { Form_pg_type typ = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typetuple); bool typeOk = false; if (typ->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE) { Relation typeRelation; Assert(OidIsValid(typ->typrelid)); typeRelation = relation_open(typ->typrelid, AccessShareLock); typeOk = (typeRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE); /* * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until xact * commit. That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing * the type before the typed table creation/conversion commits. */ relation_close(typeRelation, NoLock); } if (!typeOk) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("type %s is not a composite type", format_type_be(typ->oid)))); } /* * ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN * * Adds an additional attribute to a relation making the assumption that * CHECK, NOT NULL, and FOREIGN KEY constraints will be removed from the * AT_AddColumn AlterTableCmd by parse_utilcmd.c and added as independent * AlterTableCmd's. * * ADD COLUMN cannot use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism, because we * have to decide at runtime whether to recurse or not depending on whether we * actually add a column or merely merge with an existing column. (We can't * check this in a static pre-pass because it won't handle multiple inheritance * situations correctly.) */ static void ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot add column to typed table"))); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context); if (recurse && !is_view) cmd->subtype = AT_AddColumnRecurse; } /* * Add a column to a table. The return value is the address of the * new column in the parent relation. * * cmd is pass-by-ref so that we can replace it with the parse-transformed * copy (but that happens only after we check for IF NOT EXISTS). */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, int cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { Oid myrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel); ColumnDef *colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, (*cmd)->def); bool if_not_exists = (*cmd)->missing_ok; Relation pgclass, attrdesc; HeapTuple reltup; FormData_pg_attribute attribute; int newattnum; char relkind; HeapTuple typeTuple; Oid typeOid; int32 typmod; Oid collOid; Form_pg_type tform; Expr *defval; List *children; ListCell *child; AlterTableCmd *childcmd; AclResult aclresult; ObjectAddress address; TupleDesc tupdesc; FormData_pg_attribute *aattr[] = {&attribute}; /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */ if (recursing) ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot add column to a partition"))); attrdesc = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Are we adding the column to a recursion child? If so, check whether to * merge with an existing definition for the column. If we do merge, we * must not recurse. Children will already have the column, and recursing * into them would mess up attinhcount. */ if (colDef->inhcount > 0) { HeapTuple tuple; /* Does child already have a column by this name? */ tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, colDef->colname); if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) { Form_pg_attribute childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); Oid ctypeId; int32 ctypmod; Oid ccollid; /* Child column must match on type, typmod, and collation */ typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, colDef->typeName, &ctypeId, &ctypmod); if (ctypeId != childatt->atttypid || ctypmod != childatt->atttypmod) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), colDef->colname))); ccollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, colDef, ctypeId); if (ccollid != childatt->attcollation) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different collation for column \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), colDef->colname), errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"", get_collation_name(ccollid), get_collation_name(childatt->attcollation)))); /* Bump the existing child att's inhcount */ childatt->attinhcount++; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrdesc, &tuple->t_self, tuple); heap_freetuple(tuple); /* Inform the user about the merge */ ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("merging definition of column \"%s\" for child \"%s\"", colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock); return InvalidObjectAddress; } } /* skip if the name already exists and if_not_exists is true */ if (!check_for_column_name_collision(rel, colDef->colname, if_not_exists)) { table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock); return InvalidObjectAddress; } /* * Okay, we need to add the column, so go ahead and do parse * transformation. This can result in queueing up, or even immediately * executing, subsidiary operations (such as creation of unique indexes); * so we mustn't do it until we have made the if_not_exists check. * * When recursing, the command was already transformed and we needn't do * so again. Also, if context isn't given we can't transform. (That * currently happens only for AT_AddColumnToView; we expect that view.c * passed us a ColumnDef that doesn't need work.) */ if (context != NULL && !recursing) { *cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, *cmd, recurse, lockmode, cur_pass, context); Assert(*cmd != NULL); colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, (*cmd)->def); } /* * Cannot add identity column if table has children, because identity does * not inherit. (Adding column and identity separately will work.) */ if (colDef->identity && recurse && find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot recursively add identity column to table that has child tables"))); pgclass = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid); relkind = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup))->relkind; /* Determine the new attribute's number */ newattnum = ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup))->relnatts + 1; if (newattnum > MaxHeapAttributeNumber) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS), errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns", MaxHeapAttributeNumber))); typeTuple = typenameType(NULL, colDef->typeName, &typmod); tform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple); typeOid = tform->oid; aclresult = pg_type_aclcheck(typeOid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, typeOid); collOid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, colDef, typeOid); /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */ CheckAttributeType(colDef->colname, typeOid, collOid, list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype), 0); /* construct new attribute's pg_attribute entry */ attribute.attrelid = myrelid; namestrcpy(&(attribute.attname), colDef->colname); attribute.atttypid = typeOid; attribute.attstattarget = (newattnum > 0) ? -1 : 0; attribute.attlen = tform->typlen; attribute.attnum = newattnum; attribute.attndims = list_length(colDef->typeName->arrayBounds); attribute.atttypmod = typmod; attribute.attbyval = tform->typbyval; attribute.attalign = tform->typalign; attribute.attstorage = tform->typstorage; attribute.attcompression = GetAttributeCompression(typeOid, colDef->compression); attribute.attnotnull = colDef->is_not_null; attribute.atthasdef = false; attribute.atthasmissing = false; attribute.attidentity = colDef->identity; attribute.attgenerated = colDef->generated; attribute.attisdropped = false; attribute.attislocal = colDef->is_local; attribute.attinhcount = colDef->inhcount; attribute.attcollation = collOid; /* attribute.attacl is handled by InsertPgAttributeTuples() */ ReleaseSysCache(typeTuple); tupdesc = CreateTupleDesc(lengthof(aattr), (FormData_pg_attribute **) &aattr); InsertPgAttributeTuples(attrdesc, tupdesc, myrelid, NULL, NULL); table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Update pg_class tuple as appropriate */ ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup))->relnatts = newattnum; CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &reltup->t_self, reltup); heap_freetuple(reltup); /* Post creation hook for new attribute */ InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum); table_close(pgclass, RowExclusiveLock); /* Make the attribute's catalog entry visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * Store the DEFAULT, if any, in the catalogs */ if (colDef->raw_default) { RawColumnDefault *rawEnt; rawEnt = (RawColumnDefault *) palloc(sizeof(RawColumnDefault)); rawEnt->attnum = attribute.attnum; rawEnt->raw_default = copyObject(colDef->raw_default); /* * Attempt to skip a complete table rewrite by storing the specified * DEFAULT value outside of the heap. This may be disabled inside * AddRelationNewConstraints if the optimization cannot be applied. */ rawEnt->missingMode = (!colDef->generated); rawEnt->generated = colDef->generated; /* * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one. */ AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, list_make1(rawEnt), NIL, false, true, false, NULL); /* Make the additional catalog changes visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * Did the request for a missing value work? If not we'll have to do a * rewrite */ if (!rawEnt->missingMode) tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL; } /* * Tell Phase 3 to fill in the default expression, if there is one. * * If there is no default, Phase 3 doesn't have to do anything, because * that effectively means that the default is NULL. The heap tuple access * routines always check for attnum > # of attributes in tuple, and return * NULL if so, so without any modification of the tuple data we will get * the effect of NULL values in the new column. * * An exception occurs when the new column is of a domain type: the domain * might have a NOT NULL constraint, or a check constraint that indirectly * rejects nulls. If there are any domain constraints then we construct * an explicit NULL default value that will be passed through * CoerceToDomain processing. (This is a tad inefficient, since it causes * rewriting the table which we really don't have to do, but the present * design of domain processing doesn't offer any simple way of checking * the constraints more directly.) * * Note: we use build_column_default, and not just the cooked default * returned by AddRelationNewConstraints, so that the right thing happens * when a datatype's default applies. * * Note: it might seem that this should happen at the end of Phase 2, so * that the effects of subsequent subcommands can be taken into account. * It's intentional that we do it now, though. The new column should be * filled according to what is said in the ADD COLUMN subcommand, so that * the effects are the same as if this subcommand had been run by itself * and the later subcommands had been issued in new ALTER TABLE commands. * * We can skip this entirely for relations without storage, since Phase 3 * is certainly not going to touch them. System attributes don't have * interesting defaults, either. */ if (RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(relkind) && attribute.attnum > 0) { /* * For an identity column, we can't use build_column_default(), * because the sequence ownership isn't set yet. So do it manually. */ if (colDef->identity) { NextValueExpr *nve = makeNode(NextValueExpr); nve->seqid = RangeVarGetRelid(colDef->identitySequence, NoLock, false); nve->typeId = typeOid; defval = (Expr *) nve; /* must do a rewrite for identity columns */ tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL; } else defval = (Expr *) build_column_default(rel, attribute.attnum); if (!defval && DomainHasConstraints(typeOid)) { Oid baseTypeId; int32 baseTypeMod; Oid baseTypeColl; baseTypeMod = typmod; baseTypeId = getBaseTypeAndTypmod(typeOid, &baseTypeMod); baseTypeColl = get_typcollation(baseTypeId); defval = (Expr *) makeNullConst(baseTypeId, baseTypeMod, baseTypeColl); defval = (Expr *) coerce_to_target_type(NULL, (Node *) defval, baseTypeId, typeOid, typmod, COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, -1); if (defval == NULL) /* should not happen */ elog(ERROR, "failed to coerce base type to domain"); } if (defval) { NewColumnValue *newval; newval = (NewColumnValue *) palloc0(sizeof(NewColumnValue)); newval->attnum = attribute.attnum; newval->expr = expression_planner(defval); newval->is_generated = (colDef->generated != '\0'); tab->newvals = lappend(tab->newvals, newval); } if (DomainHasConstraints(typeOid)) tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL; if (!TupleDescAttr(rel->rd_att, attribute.attnum - 1)->atthasmissing) { /* * If the new column is NOT NULL, and there is no missing value, * tell Phase 3 it needs to check for NULLs. */ tab->verify_new_notnull |= colDef->is_not_null; } } /* * Add needed dependency entries for the new column. */ add_column_datatype_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute.atttypid); add_column_collation_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute.attcollation); /* * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass. */ children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode); /* * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child * tables; else the addition would put them out of step. */ if (children && !recurse) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("column must be added to child tables too"))); /* Children should see column as singly inherited */ if (!recursing) { childcmd = copyObject(*cmd); colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, childcmd->def); colDef->inhcount = 1; colDef->is_local = false; } else childcmd = *cmd; /* no need to copy again */ foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; AlteredTableInfo *childtab; /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */ childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel); /* Recurse to child; return value is ignored */ ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, childtab, childrel, &childcmd, recurse, true, lockmode, cur_pass, context); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum); return address; } /* * If a new or renamed column will collide with the name of an existing * column and if_not_exists is false then error out, else do nothing. */ static bool check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname, bool if_not_exists) { HeapTuple attTuple; int attnum; /* * this test is deliberately not attisdropped-aware, since if one tries to * add a column matching a dropped column name, it's gonna fail anyway. */ attTuple = SearchSysCache2(ATTNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)), PointerGetDatum(colname)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(attTuple)) return true; attnum = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attTuple))->attnum; ReleaseSysCache(attTuple); /* * We throw a different error message for conflicts with system column * names, since they are normally not shown and the user might otherwise * be confused about the reason for the conflict. */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN), errmsg("column name \"%s\" conflicts with a system column name", colname))); else { if (if_not_exists) { ereport(NOTICE, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists, skipping", colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); return false; } ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists", colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } return true; } /* * Install a column's dependency on its datatype. */ static void add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid) { ObjectAddress myself, referenced; myself.classId = RelationRelationId; myself.objectId = relid; myself.objectSubId = attnum; referenced.classId = TypeRelationId; referenced.objectId = typid; referenced.objectSubId = 0; recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL); } /* * Install a column's dependency on its collation. */ static void add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid) { ObjectAddress myself, referenced; /* We know the default collation is pinned, so don't bother recording it */ if (OidIsValid(collid) && collid != DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID) { myself.classId = RelationRelationId; myself.objectId = relid; myself.objectSubId = attnum; referenced.classId = CollationRelationId; referenced.objectId = collid; referenced.objectSubId = 0; recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL); } } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL */ static void ATPrepDropNotNull(Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing) { /* * If the parent is a partitioned table, like check constraints, we do not * support removing the NOT NULL while partitions exist. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true); Assert(partdesc != NULL); if (partdesc->nparts > 0 && !recurse && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot remove constraint from only the partitioned table when partitions exist"), errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."))); } } /* * Return the address of the modified column. If the column was already * nullable, InvalidObjectAddress is returned. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; Relation attr_rel; List *indexoidlist; ListCell *indexoidscan; ObjectAddress address; /* * lookup the attribute */ attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (attTup->attidentity) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is an identity column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* * Check that the attribute is not in a primary key or in an index used as * a replica identity. * * Note: we'll throw error even if the pkey index is not valid. */ /* Loop over all indexes on the relation */ indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(rel); foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist) { Oid indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan); HeapTuple indexTuple; Form_pg_index indexStruct; int i; indexTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid); indexStruct = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple); /* * If the index is not a primary key or an index used as replica * identity, skip the check. */ if (indexStruct->indisprimary || indexStruct->indisreplident) { /* * Loop over each attribute in the primary key or the index used * as replica identity and see if it matches the to-be-altered * attribute. */ for (i = 0; i < indexStruct->indnkeyatts; i++) { if (indexStruct->indkey.values[i] == attnum) { if (indexStruct->indisprimary) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" is in a primary key", colName))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" is in index used as replica identity", colName))); } } } ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple); } list_free(indexoidlist); /* If rel is partition, shouldn't drop NOT NULL if parent has the same */ if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition) { Oid parentId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(rel), false); Relation parent = table_open(parentId, AccessShareLock); TupleDesc tupDesc = RelationGetDescr(parent); AttrNumber parent_attnum; parent_attnum = get_attnum(parentId, colName); if (TupleDescAttr(tupDesc, parent_attnum - 1)->attnotnull) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("column \"%s\" is marked NOT NULL in parent table", colName))); table_close(parent, AccessShareLock); } /* * Okay, actually perform the catalog change ... if needed */ if (attTup->attnotnull) { attTup->attnotnull = false; CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); } else address = InvalidObjectAddress; InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL */ static void ATPrepSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { /* * If we're already recursing, there's nothing to do; the topmost * invocation of ATSimpleRecursion already visited all children. */ if (recursing) return; /* * If the target column is already marked NOT NULL, we can skip recursing * to children, because their columns should already be marked NOT NULL as * well. But there's no point in checking here unless the relation has * some children; else we can just wait till execution to check. (If it * does have children, however, this can save taking per-child locks * unnecessarily. This greatly improves concurrency in some parallel * restore scenarios.) * * Unfortunately, we can only apply this optimization to partitioned * tables, because traditional inheritance doesn't enforce that child * columns be NOT NULL when their parent is. (That's a bug that should * get fixed someday.) */ if (rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { HeapTuple tuple; bool attnotnull; tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), cmd->name); /* Might as well throw the error now, if name is bad */ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", cmd->name, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attnotnull = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnotnull; ReleaseSysCache(tuple); if (attnotnull) return; } /* * If we have ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL on a partitioned table, * apply ALTER TABLE ... CHECK NOT NULL to every child. Otherwise, use * normal recursion logic. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !recurse) { AlterTableCmd *newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); newcmd->subtype = AT_CheckNotNull; newcmd->name = pstrdup(cmd->name); ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, newcmd, true, lockmode, context); } else ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context); } /* * Return the address of the modified column. If the column was already NOT * NULL, InvalidObjectAddress is returned. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetNotNull(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode) { HeapTuple tuple; AttrNumber attnum; Relation attr_rel; ObjectAddress address; /* * lookup the attribute */ attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attnum = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnum; /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * Okay, actually perform the catalog change ... if needed */ if (!((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnotnull) { ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnotnull = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); /* * Ordinarily phase 3 must ensure that no NULLs exist in columns that * are set NOT NULL; however, if we can find a constraint which proves * this then we can skip that. We needn't bother looking if we've * already found that we must verify some other NOT NULL constraint. */ if (!tab->verify_new_notnull && !NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(rel, (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))) { /* Tell Phase 3 it needs to test the constraint */ tab->verify_new_notnull = true; } ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); } else address = InvalidObjectAddress; InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN CHECK NOT NULL * * This doesn't exist in the grammar, but we generate AT_CheckNotNull * commands against the partitions of a partitioned table if the user * writes ALTER TABLE ONLY ... SET NOT NULL on the partitioned table, * or tries to create a primary key on it (which internally creates * AT_SetNotNull on the partitioned table). Such a command doesn't * allow us to actually modify any partition, but we want to let it * go through if the partitions are already properly marked. * * In future, this might need to adjust the child table's state, likely * by incrementing an inheritance count for the attnotnull constraint. * For now we need only check for the presence of the flag. */ static void ATExecCheckNotNull(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName, LOCKMODE lockmode) { HeapTuple tuple; tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (!((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->attnotnull) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraint must be added to child tables too"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not already NOT NULL.", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } /* * NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints * Does rel's existing constraints imply NOT NULL for the given attribute? */ static bool NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr) { NullTest *nnulltest = makeNode(NullTest); nnulltest->arg = (Expr *) makeVar(1, attr->attnum, attr->atttypid, attr->atttypmod, attr->attcollation, 0); nnulltest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL; /* * argisrow = false is correct even for a composite column, because * attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT NULL test in such a * case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL. */ nnulltest->argisrow = false; nnulltest->location = -1; if (ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(rel, list_make1(nnulltest), NIL)) { ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("existing constraints on column \"%s.%s\" are sufficient to prove that it does not contain nulls", RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(attr->attname)))); return true; } return false; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET/DROP DEFAULT * * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode) { TupleDesc tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel); AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; /* * get the number of the attribute */ attnum = get_attnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attidentity) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is an identity column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), newDefault ? 0 : errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY instead."))); if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a generated column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), newDefault || TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attgenerated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? 0 : errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION instead."))); /* * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the * default. * * We treat removing the existing default as an internal operation when it * is preparatory to adding a new default, but as a user-initiated * operation when the user asked for a drop. */ RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, false, newDefault == NULL ? false : true); if (newDefault) { /* SET DEFAULT */ RawColumnDefault *rawEnt; rawEnt = (RawColumnDefault *) palloc(sizeof(RawColumnDefault)); rawEnt->attnum = attnum; rawEnt->raw_default = newDefault; rawEnt->missingMode = false; rawEnt->generated = '\0'; /* * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one. */ AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, list_make1(rawEnt), NIL, false, true, false, NULL); } ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); return address; } /* * Add a pre-cooked default expression. * * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, Node *newDefault) { ObjectAddress address; /* We assume no checking is required */ /* * Remove any old default for the column. We use RESTRICT here for * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the * default. (In ordinary cases, there could not be a default in place * anyway, but it's possible when combining LIKE with inheritance.) */ RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, false, true); (void) StoreAttrDefault(rel, attnum, newDefault, true, false); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN ADD IDENTITY * * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation attrelation; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; ColumnDef *cdef = castNode(ColumnDef, def); attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; /* Can't alter a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * Creating a column as identity implies NOT NULL, so adding the identity * to an existing column that is not NOT NULL would create a state that * cannot be reproduced without contortions. */ if (!attTup->attnotnull) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" must be declared NOT NULL before identity can be added", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (attTup->attidentity) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is already an identity column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (attTup->atthasdef) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already has a default value", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup->attidentity = cdef->identity; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attTup->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET { GENERATED or sequence options } * * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ListCell *option; DefElem *generatedEl = NULL; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; Relation attrelation; ObjectAddress address; foreach(option, castNode(List, def)) { DefElem *defel = lfirst_node(DefElem, option); if (strcmp(defel->defname, "generated") == 0) { if (generatedEl) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("conflicting or redundant options"))); generatedEl = defel; } else elog(ERROR, "option \"%s\" not recognized", defel->defname); } /* * Even if there is nothing to change here, we run all the checks. There * will be a subsequent ALTER SEQUENCE that relies on everything being * there. */ attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (!attTup->attidentity) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (generatedEl) { attTup->attidentity = defGetInt32(generatedEl); CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attTup->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); } else address = InvalidObjectAddress; heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP IDENTITY * * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; Relation attrelation; ObjectAddress address; Oid seqid; ObjectAddress seqaddress; attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (!attTup->attidentity) { if (!missing_ok) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column, skipping", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return InvalidObjectAddress; } } attTup->attidentity = '\0'; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attTup->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); /* drop the internal sequence */ seqid = getIdentitySequence(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, false); deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, seqid, RelationRelationId, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL); CommandCounterIncrement(); seqaddress.classId = RelationRelationId; seqaddress.objectId = seqid; seqaddress.objectSubId = 0; performDeletion(&seqaddress, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP EXPRESSION */ static void ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) { /* * Reject ONLY if there are child tables. We could implement this, but it * is a bit complicated. GENERATED clauses must be attached to the column * definition and cannot be added later like DEFAULT, so if a child table * has a generation expression that the parent does not have, the child * column will necessarily be an attlocal column. So to implement ONLY * here, we'd need extra code to update attislocal of the direct child * tables, somewhat similar to how DROP COLUMN does it, so that the * resulting state can be properly dumped and restored. */ if (!recurse && find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("ALTER TABLE / DROP EXPRESSION must be applied to child tables too"))); /* * Cannot drop generation expression from inherited columns. */ if (!recursing) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), cmd->name); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", cmd->name, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (attTup->attinhcount > 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot drop generation expression from inherited column"))); } } /* * Return the address of the affected column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; Relation attrelation; ObjectAddress address; attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (attTup->attgenerated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED) { if (!missing_ok) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a stored generated column", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a stored generated column, skipping", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return InvalidObjectAddress; } } attTup->attgenerated = '\0'; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attTup->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); CommandCounterIncrement(); RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, false, false); /* * Remove all dependencies of this (formerly generated) column on other * columns in the same table. (See StoreAttrDefault() for which * dependencies are created.) We don't expect there to be dependencies * between columns of the same table for other reasons, so it's okay to * remove all of them. */ { Relation depRel; ScanKeyData key[3]; SysScanDesc scan; HeapTuple tup; depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_classid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_objid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&key[2], Anum_pg_depend_objsubid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ, Int32GetDatum(attnum)); scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependDependerIndexId, true, NULL, 3, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend depform = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(tup); if (depform->refclassid == RelationRelationId && depform->refobjid == RelationGetRelid(rel) && depform->refobjsubid != 0 && depform->deptype == DEPENDENCY_AUTO) { CatalogTupleDelete(depRel, &tup->t_self); } } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(depRel, RowExclusiveLock); } return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS * * Return value is the address of the modified column */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) { int newtarget; Relation attrelation; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attrtuple; AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; /* * We allow referencing columns by numbers only for indexes, since table * column numbers could contain gaps if columns are later dropped. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && !colName) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot refer to non-index column by number"))); Assert(IsA(newValue, Integer)); newtarget = intVal(newValue); /* * Limit target to a sane range */ if (newtarget < -1) { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("statistics target %d is too low", newtarget))); } else if (newtarget > 10000) { newtarget = 10000; ereport(WARNING, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("lowering statistics target to %d", newtarget))); } attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); if (colName) { tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } else { tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(RelationGetRelid(rel), colNum); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column number %d of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colNum, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attrtuple->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) { if (attnum > rel->rd_index->indnkeyatts) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter statistics on included column \"%s\" of index \"%s\"", NameStr(attrtuple->attname), RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); else if (rel->rd_index->indkey.values[attnum - 1] != 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter statistics on non-expression column \"%s\" of index \"%s\"", NameStr(attrtuple->attname), RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errhint("Alter statistics on table column instead."))); } attrtuple->attstattarget = newtarget; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attrtuple->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * Return value is the address of the modified column */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation attrelation; HeapTuple tuple, newtuple; Form_pg_attribute attrtuple; AttrNumber attnum; Datum datum, newOptions; bool isnull; ObjectAddress address; Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute]; attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attrtuple->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* Generate new proposed attoptions (text array) */ datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME, tuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions, &isnull); newOptions = transformRelOptions(isnull ? (Datum) 0 : datum, castNode(List, options), NULL, NULL, false, isReset); /* Validate new options */ (void) attribute_reloptions(newOptions, true); /* Build new tuple. */ memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); if (newOptions != (Datum) 0) repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = newOptions; else repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true; repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true; newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(attrelation), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); /* Update system catalog. */ CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attrtuple->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); heap_freetuple(newtuple); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * Helper function for ATExecSetStorage and ATExecSetCompression * * Set the attstorage and/or attcompression fields for index columns * associated with the specified table column. */ static void SetIndexStorageProperties(Relation rel, Relation attrelation, AttrNumber attnum, bool setstorage, char newstorage, bool setcompression, char newcompression, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ListCell *lc; foreach(lc, RelationGetIndexList(rel)) { Oid indexoid = lfirst_oid(lc); Relation indrel; AttrNumber indattnum = 0; HeapTuple tuple; indrel = index_open(indexoid, lockmode); for (int i = 0; i < indrel->rd_index->indnatts; i++) { if (indrel->rd_index->indkey.values[i] == attnum) { indattnum = i + 1; break; } } if (indattnum == 0) { index_close(indrel, lockmode); continue; } tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(RelationGetRelid(indrel), indattnum); if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) { Form_pg_attribute attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (setstorage) attrtuple->attstorage = newstorage; if (setcompression) attrtuple->attcompression = newcompression; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attrtuple->attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); } index_close(indrel, lockmode); } } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE * * Return value is the address of the modified column */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) { char *storagemode; char newstorage; Relation attrelation; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attrtuple; AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; Assert(IsA(newValue, String)); storagemode = strVal(newValue); if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "plain") == 0) newstorage = TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN; else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "external") == 0) newstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL; else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "extended") == 0) newstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED; else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "main") == 0) newstorage = TYPSTORAGE_MAIN; else { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("invalid storage type \"%s\"", storagemode))); newstorage = 0; /* keep compiler quiet */ } attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attrtuple->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * safety check: do not allow toasted storage modes unless column datatype * is TOAST-aware. */ if (newstorage == TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN || TypeIsToastable(attrtuple->atttypid)) attrtuple->attstorage = newstorage; else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("column data type %s can only have storage PLAIN", format_type_be(attrtuple->atttypid)))); CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attrtuple->attnum); heap_freetuple(tuple); /* * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns, * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()). */ SetIndexStorageProperties(rel, attrelation, attnum, true, newstorage, false, 0, lockmode); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN * * DROP COLUMN cannot use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism, * because we have to decide at runtime whether to recurse or not depending * on whether attinhcount goes to zero or not. (We can't check this in a * static pre-pass because it won't handle multiple inheritance situations * correctly.) */ static void ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot drop column from typed table"))); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context); if (recurse) cmd->subtype = AT_DropColumnRecurse; } /* * Drops column 'colName' from relation 'rel' and returns the address of the * dropped column. The column is also dropped (or marked as no longer * inherited from relation) from the relation's inheritance children, if any. * * In the recursive invocations for inheritance child relations, instead of * dropping the column directly (if to be dropped at all), its object address * is added to 'addrs', which must be non-NULL in such invocations. All * columns are dropped at the same time after all the children have been * checked recursively. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode, ObjectAddresses *addrs) { HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute targetatt; AttrNumber attnum; List *children; ObjectAddress object; bool is_expr; /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */ if (recursing) ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Initialize addrs on the first invocation */ Assert(!recursing || addrs != NULL); if (!recursing) addrs = new_object_addresses(); /* * get the number of the attribute */ tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) { if (!missing_ok) { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); return InvalidObjectAddress; } } targetatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = targetatt->attnum; /* Can't drop a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot drop system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * Don't drop inherited columns, unless recursing (presumably from a drop * of the parent column) */ if (targetatt->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot drop inherited column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * Don't drop columns used in the partition key, either. (If we let this * go through, the key column's dependencies would cause a cascaded drop * of the whole table, which is surely not what the user expected.) */ if (has_partition_attrs(rel, bms_make_singleton(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber), &is_expr)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot drop column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass. */ children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode); if (children) { Relation attr_rel; ListCell *child; /* * In case of a partitioned table, the column must be dropped from the * partitions as well. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !recurse) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot drop column from only the partitioned table when partitions exist"), errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."))); attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; Form_pg_attribute childatt; /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */ childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(childrelid, colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute \"%s\" of relation %u", colName, childrelid); childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"", childrelid, colName); if (recurse) { /* * If the child column has other definition sources, just * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete * it. */ if (childatt->attinhcount == 1 && !childatt->attislocal) { /* Time to delete this child column, too */ ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, childrel, colName, behavior, true, true, false, lockmode, addrs); } else { /* Child column must survive my deletion */ childatt->attinhcount--; CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); /* Make update visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } } else { /* * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion), * we need to mark the inheritors' attributes as locally * defined rather than inherited. */ childatt->attinhcount--; childatt->attislocal = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); /* Make update visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* Add object to delete */ object.classId = RelationRelationId; object.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel); object.objectSubId = attnum; add_exact_object_address(&object, addrs); if (!recursing) { /* Recursion has ended, drop everything that was collected */ performMultipleDeletions(addrs, behavior, 0); free_object_addresses(addrs); } return object; } /* * ALTER TABLE ADD INDEX * * There is no such command in the grammar, but parse_utilcmd.c converts * UNIQUE and PRIMARY KEY constraints into AT_AddIndex subcommands. This lets * us schedule creation of the index at the appropriate time during ALTER. * * Return value is the address of the new index. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) { bool check_rights; bool skip_build; bool quiet; ObjectAddress address; Assert(IsA(stmt, IndexStmt)); Assert(!stmt->concurrent); /* The IndexStmt has already been through transformIndexStmt */ Assert(stmt->transformed); /* suppress schema rights check when rebuilding existing index */ check_rights = !is_rebuild; /* skip index build if phase 3 will do it or we're reusing an old one */ skip_build = tab->rewrite > 0 || OidIsValid(stmt->oldNode); /* suppress notices when rebuilding existing index */ quiet = is_rebuild; address = DefineIndex(RelationGetRelid(rel), stmt, InvalidOid, /* no predefined OID */ InvalidOid, /* no parent index */ InvalidOid, /* no parent constraint */ true, /* is_alter_table */ check_rights, false, /* check_not_in_use - we did it already */ skip_build, quiet); /* * If TryReuseIndex() stashed a relfilenode for us, we used it for the new * index instead of building from scratch. Restore associated fields. * This may store InvalidSubTransactionId in both fields, in which case * relcache.c will assume it can rebuild the relcache entry. Hence, do * this after the CCI that made catalog rows visible to any rebuild. The * DROP of the old edition of this index will have scheduled the storage * for deletion at commit, so cancel that pending deletion. */ if (OidIsValid(stmt->oldNode)) { Relation irel = index_open(address.objectId, NoLock); irel->rd_createSubid = stmt->oldCreateSubid; irel->rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid = stmt->oldFirstRelfilenodeSubid; RelationPreserveStorage(irel->rd_node, true); index_close(irel, NoLock); } return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ADD STATISTICS * * This is no such command in the grammar, but we use this internally to add * AT_ReAddStatistics subcommands to rebuild extended statistics after a table * column type change. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ObjectAddress address; Assert(IsA(stmt, CreateStatsStmt)); /* The CreateStatsStmt has already been through transformStatsStmt */ Assert(stmt->transformed); address = CreateStatistics(stmt); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX * * Returns the address of the new constraint. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid index_oid = stmt->indexOid; Relation indexRel; char *indexName; IndexInfo *indexInfo; char *constraintName; char constraintType; ObjectAddress address; bits16 flags; Assert(IsA(stmt, IndexStmt)); Assert(OidIsValid(index_oid)); Assert(stmt->isconstraint); /* * Doing this on partitioned tables is not a simple feature to implement, * so let's punt for now. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("ALTER TABLE / ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX is not supported on partitioned tables"))); indexRel = index_open(index_oid, AccessShareLock); indexName = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)); indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(indexRel); /* this should have been checked at parse time */ if (!indexInfo->ii_Unique) elog(ERROR, "index \"%s\" is not unique", indexName); /* * Determine name to assign to constraint. We require a constraint to * have the same name as the underlying index; therefore, use the index's * existing name as the default constraint name, and if the user * explicitly gives some other name for the constraint, rename the index * to match. */ constraintName = stmt->idxname; if (constraintName == NULL) constraintName = indexName; else if (strcmp(constraintName, indexName) != 0) { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("ALTER TABLE / ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX will rename index \"%s\" to \"%s\"", indexName, constraintName))); RenameRelationInternal(index_oid, constraintName, false, true); } /* Extra checks needed if making primary key */ if (stmt->primary) index_check_primary_key(rel, indexInfo, true, stmt); /* Note we currently don't support EXCLUSION constraints here */ if (stmt->primary) constraintType = CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY; else constraintType = CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE; /* Create the catalog entries for the constraint */ flags = INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX | INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS | (stmt->initdeferred ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED : 0) | (stmt->deferrable ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE : 0) | (stmt->primary ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY : 0); address = index_constraint_create(rel, index_oid, InvalidOid, indexInfo, constraintName, constraintType, flags, allowSystemTableMods, false); /* is_internal */ index_close(indexRel, NoLock); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT * * Return value is the address of the new constraint; if no constraint was * added, InvalidObjectAddress is returned. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress; Assert(IsA(newConstraint, Constraint)); /* * Currently, we only expect to see CONSTR_CHECK and CONSTR_FOREIGN nodes * arriving here (see the preprocessing done in parse_utilcmd.c). Use a * switch anyway to make it easier to add more code later. */ switch (newConstraint->contype) { case CONSTR_CHECK: address = ATAddCheckConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, newConstraint, recurse, false, is_readd, lockmode); break; case CONSTR_FOREIGN: /* * Assign or validate constraint name */ if (newConstraint->conname) { if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION, RelationGetRelid(rel), newConstraint->conname)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists", newConstraint->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } else newConstraint->conname = ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(rel), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(newConstraint->fk_attrs), "fkey", RelationGetNamespace(rel), NIL); address = ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, newConstraint, recurse, false, lockmode); break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d", (int) newConstraint->contype); } return address; } /* * Generate the column-name portion of the constraint name for a new foreign * key given the list of column names that reference the referenced * table. This will be passed to ChooseConstraintName along with the parent * table name and the "fkey" suffix. * * We know that less than NAMEDATALEN characters will actually be used, so we * can truncate the result once we've generated that many. * * XXX see also ChooseExtendedStatisticNameAddition and * ChooseIndexNameAddition. */ static char * ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames) { char buf[NAMEDATALEN * 2]; int buflen = 0; ListCell *lc; buf[0] = '\0'; foreach(lc, colnames) { const char *name = strVal(lfirst(lc)); if (buflen > 0) buf[buflen++] = '_'; /* insert _ between names */ /* * At this point we have buflen <= NAMEDATALEN. name should be less * than NAMEDATALEN already, but use strlcpy for paranoia. */ strlcpy(buf + buflen, name, NAMEDATALEN); buflen += strlen(buf + buflen); if (buflen >= NAMEDATALEN) break; } return pstrdup(buf); } /* * Add a check constraint to a single table and its children. Returns the * address of the constraint added to the parent relation, if one gets added, * or InvalidObjectAddress otherwise. * * Subroutine for ATExecAddConstraint. * * We must recurse to child tables during execution, rather than using * ALTER TABLE's normal prep-time recursion. The reason is that all the * constraints *must* be given the same name, else they won't be seen as * related later. If the user didn't explicitly specify a name, then * AddRelationNewConstraints would normally assign different names to the * child constraints. To fix that, we must capture the name assigned at * the parent table and pass that down. */ static ObjectAddress ATAddCheckConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode) { List *newcons; ListCell *lcon; List *children; ListCell *child; ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress; /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */ if (recursing) ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* * Call AddRelationNewConstraints to do the work, making sure it works on * a copy of the Constraint so transformExpr can't modify the original. It * returns a list of cooked constraints. * * If the constraint ends up getting merged with a pre-existing one, it's * omitted from the returned list, which is what we want: we do not need * to do any validation work. That can only happen at child tables, * though, since we disallow merging at the top level. */ newcons = AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, NIL, list_make1(copyObject(constr)), recursing | is_readd, /* allow_merge */ !recursing, /* is_local */ is_readd, /* is_internal */ NULL); /* queryString not available * here */ /* we don't expect more than one constraint here */ Assert(list_length(newcons) <= 1); /* Add each to-be-validated constraint to Phase 3's queue */ foreach(lcon, newcons) { CookedConstraint *ccon = (CookedConstraint *) lfirst(lcon); if (!ccon->skip_validation) { NewConstraint *newcon; newcon = (NewConstraint *) palloc0(sizeof(NewConstraint)); newcon->name = ccon->name; newcon->contype = ccon->contype; newcon->qual = ccon->expr; tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon); } /* Save the actually assigned name if it was defaulted */ if (constr->conname == NULL) constr->conname = ccon->name; ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, ccon->conoid); } /* At this point we must have a locked-down name to use */ Assert(constr->conname != NULL); /* Advance command counter in case same table is visited multiple times */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * If the constraint got merged with an existing constraint, we're done. * We mustn't recurse to child tables in this case, because they've * already got the constraint, and visiting them again would lead to an * incorrect value for coninhcount. */ if (newcons == NIL) return address; /* * If adding a NO INHERIT constraint, no need to find our children. */ if (constr->is_no_inherit) return address; /* * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass. */ children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode); /* * Check if ONLY was specified with ALTER TABLE. If so, allow the * constraint creation only if there are no children currently. Error out * otherwise. */ if (!recurse && children != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraint must be added to child tables too"))); foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; AlteredTableInfo *childtab; /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */ childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel); /* Recurse to child */ ATAddCheckConstraint(wqueue, childtab, childrel, constr, recurse, true, is_readd, lockmode); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } return address; } /* * Add a foreign-key constraint to a single table; return the new constraint's * address. * * Subroutine for ATExecAddConstraint. Must already hold exclusive * lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity checks for it. * We do permissions checks here, however. * * When the referenced or referencing tables (or both) are partitioned, * multiple pg_constraint rows are required -- one for each partitioned table * and each partition on each side (fortunately, not one for every combination * thereof). We also need action triggers on each leaf partition on the * referenced side, and check triggers on each leaf partition on the * referencing side. */ static ObjectAddress ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation pkrel; int16 pkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; int16 fkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid pktypoid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid fktypoid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid opclasses[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid pfeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid ppeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid ffeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; int i; int numfks, numpks; Oid indexOid; bool old_check_ok; ObjectAddress address; ListCell *old_pfeqop_item = list_head(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop); /* * Grab ShareRowExclusiveLock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't * delete rows out from under us. */ if (OidIsValid(fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid)) pkrel = table_open(fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid, ShareRowExclusiveLock); else pkrel = table_openrv(fkconstraint->pktable, ShareRowExclusiveLock); /* * Validity checks (permission checks wait till we have the column * numbers) */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { if (!recurse) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot use ONLY for foreign key on partitioned table \"%s\" referencing relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); if (fkconstraint->skip_validation && !fkconstraint->initially_valid) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot add NOT VALID foreign key on partitioned table \"%s\" referencing relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)), errdetail("This feature is not yet supported on partitioned tables."))); } if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("referenced relation \"%s\" is not a table", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(pkrel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); /* * References from permanent or unlogged tables to temp tables, and from * permanent tables to unlogged tables, are disallowed because the * referenced data can vanish out from under us. References from temp * tables to any other table type are also disallowed, because other * backends might need to run the RI triggers on the perm table, but they * can't reliably see tuples in the local buffers of other backends. */ switch (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence) { case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT: if (!RelationIsPermanent(pkrel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraints on permanent tables may reference only permanent tables"))); break; case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED: if (!RelationIsPermanent(pkrel) && pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraints on unlogged tables may reference only permanent or unlogged tables"))); break; case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP: if (pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraints on temporary tables may reference only temporary tables"))); if (!pkrel->rd_islocaltemp || !rel->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraints on temporary tables must involve temporary tables of this session"))); break; } /* * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and record * their attnums and type OIDs. */ MemSet(pkattnum, 0, sizeof(pkattnum)); MemSet(fkattnum, 0, sizeof(fkattnum)); MemSet(pktypoid, 0, sizeof(pktypoid)); MemSet(fktypoid, 0, sizeof(fktypoid)); MemSet(opclasses, 0, sizeof(opclasses)); MemSet(pfeqoperators, 0, sizeof(pfeqoperators)); MemSet(ppeqoperators, 0, sizeof(ppeqoperators)); MemSet(ffeqoperators, 0, sizeof(ffeqoperators)); numfks = transformColumnNameList(RelationGetRelid(rel), fkconstraint->fk_attrs, fkattnum, fktypoid); /* * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup the * definition of the primary key and use it. Otherwise, validate the * supplied attribute list. In either case, discover the index OID and * index opclasses, and the attnums and type OIDs of the attributes. */ if (fkconstraint->pk_attrs == NIL) { numpks = transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(pkrel, &indexOid, &fkconstraint->pk_attrs, pkattnum, pktypoid, opclasses); } else { numpks = transformColumnNameList(RelationGetRelid(pkrel), fkconstraint->pk_attrs, pkattnum, pktypoid); /* Look for an index matching the column list */ indexOid = transformFkeyCheckAttrs(pkrel, numpks, pkattnum, opclasses); } /* * Now we can check permissions. */ checkFkeyPermissions(pkrel, pkattnum, numpks); /* * Check some things for generated columns. */ for (i = 0; i < numfks; i++) { char attgenerated = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), fkattnum[i] - 1)->attgenerated; if (attgenerated) { /* * Check restrictions on UPDATE/DELETE actions, per SQL standard */ if (fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL || fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT || fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("invalid %s action for foreign key constraint containing generated column", "ON UPDATE"))); if (fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL || fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("invalid %s action for foreign key constraint containing generated column", "ON DELETE"))); } } /* * Look up the equality operators to use in the constraint. * * Note that we have to be careful about the difference between the actual * PK column type and the opclass' declared input type, which might be * only binary-compatible with it. The declared opcintype is the right * thing to probe pg_amop with. */ if (numfks != numpks) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY), errmsg("number of referencing and referenced columns for foreign key disagree"))); /* * On the strength of a previous constraint, we might avoid scanning * tables to validate this one. See below. */ old_check_ok = (fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop != NIL); Assert(!old_check_ok || numfks == list_length(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop)); for (i = 0; i < numpks; i++) { Oid pktype = pktypoid[i]; Oid fktype = fktypoid[i]; Oid fktyped; HeapTuple cla_ht; Form_pg_opclass cla_tup; Oid amid; Oid opfamily; Oid opcintype; Oid pfeqop; Oid ppeqop; Oid ffeqop; int16 eqstrategy; Oid pfeqop_right; /* We need several fields out of the pg_opclass entry */ cla_ht = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opclasses[i])); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(cla_ht)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u", opclasses[i]); cla_tup = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(cla_ht); amid = cla_tup->opcmethod; opfamily = cla_tup->opcfamily; opcintype = cla_tup->opcintype; ReleaseSysCache(cla_ht); /* * Check it's a btree; currently this can never fail since no other * index AMs support unique indexes. If we ever did have other types * of unique indexes, we'd need a way to determine which operator * strategy number is equality. (Is it reasonable to insist that * every such index AM use btree's number for equality?) */ if (amid != BTREE_AM_OID) elog(ERROR, "only b-tree indexes are supported for foreign keys"); eqstrategy = BTEqualStrategyNumber; /* * There had better be a primary equality operator for the index. * We'll use it for PK = PK comparisons. */ ppeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, opcintype, eqstrategy); if (!OidIsValid(ppeqop)) elog(ERROR, "missing operator %d(%u,%u) in opfamily %u", eqstrategy, opcintype, opcintype, opfamily); /* * Are there equality operators that take exactly the FK type? Assume * we should look through any domain here. */ fktyped = getBaseType(fktype); pfeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, fktyped, eqstrategy); if (OidIsValid(pfeqop)) { pfeqop_right = fktyped; ffeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, fktyped, fktyped, eqstrategy); } else { /* keep compiler quiet */ pfeqop_right = InvalidOid; ffeqop = InvalidOid; } if (!(OidIsValid(pfeqop) && OidIsValid(ffeqop))) { /* * Otherwise, look for an implicit cast from the FK type to the * opcintype, and if found, use the primary equality operator. * This is a bit tricky because opcintype might be a polymorphic * type such as ANYARRAY or ANYENUM; so what we have to test is * whether the two actual column types can be concurrently cast to * that type. (Otherwise, we'd fail to reject combinations such * as int[] and point[].) */ Oid input_typeids[2]; Oid target_typeids[2]; input_typeids[0] = pktype; input_typeids[1] = fktype; target_typeids[0] = opcintype; target_typeids[1] = opcintype; if (can_coerce_type(2, input_typeids, target_typeids, COERCION_IMPLICIT)) { pfeqop = ffeqop = ppeqop; pfeqop_right = opcintype; } } if (!(OidIsValid(pfeqop) && OidIsValid(ffeqop))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("foreign key constraint \"%s\" cannot be implemented", fkconstraint->conname), errdetail("Key columns \"%s\" and \"%s\" " "are of incompatible types: %s and %s.", strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->fk_attrs, i)), strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->pk_attrs, i)), format_type_be(fktype), format_type_be(pktype)))); if (old_check_ok) { /* * When a pfeqop changes, revalidate the constraint. We could * permit intra-opfamily changes, but that adds subtle complexity * without any concrete benefit for core types. We need not * assess ppeqop or ffeqop, which RI_Initial_Check() does not use. */ old_check_ok = (pfeqop == lfirst_oid(old_pfeqop_item)); old_pfeqop_item = lnext(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop, old_pfeqop_item); } if (old_check_ok) { Oid old_fktype; Oid new_fktype; CoercionPathType old_pathtype; CoercionPathType new_pathtype; Oid old_castfunc; Oid new_castfunc; Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tab->oldDesc, fkattnum[i] - 1); /* * Identify coercion pathways from each of the old and new FK-side * column types to the right (foreign) operand type of the pfeqop. * We may assume that pg_constraint.conkey is not changing. */ old_fktype = attr->atttypid; new_fktype = fktype; old_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, old_fktype, &old_castfunc); new_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, new_fktype, &new_castfunc); /* * Upon a change to the cast from the FK column to its pfeqop * operand, revalidate the constraint. For this evaluation, a * binary coercion cast is equivalent to no cast at all. While * type implementors should design implicit casts with an eye * toward consistency of operations like equality, we cannot * assume here that they have done so. * * A function with a polymorphic argument could change behavior * arbitrarily in response to get_fn_expr_argtype(). Therefore, * when the cast destination is polymorphic, we only avoid * revalidation if the input type has not changed at all. Given * just the core data types and operator classes, this requirement * prevents no would-be optimizations. * * If the cast converts from a base type to a domain thereon, then * that domain type must be the opcintype of the unique index. * Necessarily, the primary key column must then be of the domain * type. Since the constraint was previously valid, all values on * the foreign side necessarily exist on the primary side and in * turn conform to the domain. Consequently, we need not treat * domains specially here. * * Since we require that all collations share the same notion of * equality (which they do, because texteq reduces to bitwise * equality), we don't compare collation here. * * We need not directly consider the PK type. It's necessarily * binary coercible to the opcintype of the unique index column, * and ri_triggers.c will only deal with PK datums in terms of * that opcintype. Changing the opcintype also changes pfeqop. */ old_check_ok = (new_pathtype == old_pathtype && new_castfunc == old_castfunc && (!IsPolymorphicType(pfeqop_right) || new_fktype == old_fktype)); } pfeqoperators[i] = pfeqop; ppeqoperators[i] = ppeqop; ffeqoperators[i] = ffeqop; } /* * Create all the constraint and trigger objects, recursing to partitions * as necessary. First handle the referenced side. */ address = addFkRecurseReferenced(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel, indexOid, InvalidOid, /* no parent constraint */ numfks, pkattnum, fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, old_check_ok); /* Now handle the referencing side. */ addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel, indexOid, address.objectId, numfks, pkattnum, fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, old_check_ok, lockmode); /* * Done. Close pk table, but keep lock until we've committed. */ table_close(pkrel, NoLock); return address; } /* * addFkRecurseReferenced * subroutine for ATAddForeignKeyConstraint; recurses on the referenced * side of the constraint * * Create pg_constraint rows for the referenced side of the constraint, * referencing the parent of the referencing side; also create action triggers * on leaf partitions. If the table is partitioned, recurse to handle each * partition. * * wqueue is the ALTER TABLE work queue; can be NULL when not running as part * of an ALTER TABLE sequence. * fkconstraint is the constraint being added. * rel is the root referencing relation. * pkrel is the referenced relation; might be a partition, if recursing. * indexOid is the OID of the index (on pkrel) implementing this constraint. * parentConstr is the OID of a parent constraint; InvalidOid if this is a * top-level constraint. * numfks is the number of columns in the foreign key * pkattnum is the attnum array of referenced attributes. * fkattnum is the attnum array of referencing attributes. * pf/pp/ffeqoperators are OID array of operators between columns. * old_check_ok signals that this constraint replaces an existing one that * was already validated (thus this one doesn't need validation). */ static ObjectAddress addFkRecurseReferenced(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, bool old_check_ok) { ObjectAddress address; Oid constrOid; char *conname; bool conislocal; int coninhcount; bool connoinherit; /* * Verify relkind for each referenced partition. At the top level, this * is redundant with a previous check, but we need it when recursing. */ if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("referenced relation \"%s\" is not a table", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); /* * Caller supplies us with a constraint name; however, it may be used in * this partition, so come up with a different one in that case. */ if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION, RelationGetRelid(rel), fkconstraint->conname)) conname = ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(rel), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(fkconstraint->fk_attrs), "fkey", RelationGetNamespace(rel), NIL); else conname = fkconstraint->conname; if (OidIsValid(parentConstr)) { conislocal = false; coninhcount = 1; connoinherit = false; } else { conislocal = true; coninhcount = 0; /* * always inherit for partitioned tables, never for legacy inheritance */ connoinherit = rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE; } /* * Record the FK constraint in pg_constraint. */ constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(conname, RelationGetNamespace(rel), CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN, fkconstraint->deferrable, fkconstraint->initdeferred, fkconstraint->initially_valid, parentConstr, RelationGetRelid(rel), fkattnum, numfks, numfks, InvalidOid, /* not a domain constraint */ indexOid, RelationGetRelid(pkrel), pkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, numfks, fkconstraint->fk_upd_action, fkconstraint->fk_del_action, fkconstraint->fk_matchtype, NULL, /* no exclusion constraint */ NULL, /* no check constraint */ NULL, conislocal, /* islocal */ coninhcount, /* inhcount */ connoinherit, /* conNoInherit */ false); /* is_internal */ ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid); /* * Mark the child constraint as part of the parent constraint; it must not * be dropped on its own. (This constraint is deleted when the partition * is detached, but a special check needs to occur that the partition * contains no referenced values.) */ if (OidIsValid(parentConstr)) { ObjectAddress referenced; ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstr); recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL); } /* make new constraint visible, in case we add more */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * If the referenced table is a plain relation, create the action triggers * that enforce the constraint. */ if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) { createForeignKeyActionTriggers(rel, RelationGetRelid(pkrel), fkconstraint, constrOid, indexOid); } /* * If the referenced table is partitioned, recurse on ourselves to handle * each partition. We need one pg_constraint row created for each * partition in addition to the pg_constraint row for the parent table. */ if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { PartitionDesc pd = RelationGetPartitionDesc(pkrel, true); for (int i = 0; i < pd->nparts; i++) { Relation partRel; AttrMap *map; AttrNumber *mapped_pkattnum; Oid partIndexId; partRel = table_open(pd->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock); /* * Map the attribute numbers in the referenced side of the FK * definition to match the partition's column layout. */ map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(RelationGetDescr(partRel), RelationGetDescr(pkrel)); if (map) { mapped_pkattnum = palloc(sizeof(AttrNumber) * numfks); for (int j = 0; j < numfks; j++) mapped_pkattnum[j] = map->attnums[pkattnum[j] - 1]; } else mapped_pkattnum = pkattnum; /* do the deed */ partIndexId = index_get_partition(partRel, indexOid); if (!OidIsValid(partIndexId)) elog(ERROR, "index for %u not found in partition %s", indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partRel)); addFkRecurseReferenced(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, partRel, partIndexId, constrOid, numfks, mapped_pkattnum, fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, old_check_ok); /* Done -- clean up (but keep the lock) */ table_close(partRel, NoLock); if (map) { pfree(mapped_pkattnum); free_attrmap(map); } } } return address; } /* * addFkRecurseReferencing * subroutine for ATAddForeignKeyConstraint and CloneFkReferencing * * If the referencing relation is a plain relation, create the necessary check * triggers that implement the constraint, and set up for Phase 3 constraint * verification. If the referencing relation is a partitioned table, then * we create a pg_constraint row for it and recurse on this routine for each * partition. * * We assume that the referenced relation is locked against concurrent * deletions. If it's a partitioned relation, every partition must be so * locked. * * wqueue is the ALTER TABLE work queue; can be NULL when not running as part * of an ALTER TABLE sequence. * fkconstraint is the constraint being added. * rel is the referencing relation; might be a partition, if recursing. * pkrel is the root referenced relation. * indexOid is the OID of the index (on pkrel) implementing this constraint. * parentConstr is the OID of the parent constraint (there is always one). * numfks is the number of columns in the foreign key * pkattnum is the attnum array of referenced attributes. * fkattnum is the attnum array of referencing attributes. * pf/pp/ffeqoperators are OID array of operators between columns. * old_check_ok signals that this constraint replaces an existing one that * was already validated (thus this one doesn't need validation). * lockmode is the lockmode to acquire on partitions when recursing. */ static void addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr, int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators, bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) { AssertArg(OidIsValid(parentConstr)); if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("foreign key constraints are not supported on foreign tables"))); /* * If the referencing relation is a plain table, add the check triggers to * it and, if necessary, schedule it to be checked in Phase 3. * * If the relation is partitioned, drill down to do it to its partitions. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) { createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(RelationGetRelid(rel), RelationGetRelid(pkrel), fkconstraint, parentConstr, indexOid); /* * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing * rows. We can skip this during table creation, when requested * explicitly by specifying NOT VALID in an ADD FOREIGN KEY command, * and when we're recreating a constraint following a SET DATA TYPE * operation that did not impugn its validity. */ if (wqueue && !old_check_ok && !fkconstraint->skip_validation) { NewConstraint *newcon; AlteredTableInfo *tab; tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); newcon = (NewConstraint *) palloc0(sizeof(NewConstraint)); newcon->name = get_constraint_name(parentConstr); newcon->contype = CONSTR_FOREIGN; newcon->refrelid = RelationGetRelid(pkrel); newcon->refindid = indexOid; newcon->conid = parentConstr; newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint; tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon); } } else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { PartitionDesc pd = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true); /* * Recurse to take appropriate action on each partition; either we * find an existing constraint to reparent to ours, or we create a new * one. */ for (int i = 0; i < pd->nparts; i++) { Oid partitionId = pd->oids[i]; Relation partition = table_open(partitionId, lockmode); List *partFKs; AttrMap *attmap; AttrNumber mapped_fkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; bool attached; char *conname; Oid constrOid; ObjectAddress address, referenced; ListCell *cell; CheckTableNotInUse(partition, "ALTER TABLE"); attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partition), RelationGetDescr(rel)); for (int j = 0; j < numfks; j++) mapped_fkattnum[j] = attmap->attnums[fkattnum[j] - 1]; /* Check whether an existing constraint can be repurposed */ partFKs = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partition)); attached = false; foreach(cell, partFKs) { ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk; fk = lfirst_node(ForeignKeyCacheInfo, cell); if (tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(fk, partitionId, parentConstr, numfks, mapped_fkattnum, pkattnum, pfeqoperators)) { attached = true; break; } } if (attached) { table_close(partition, NoLock); continue; } /* * No luck finding a good constraint to reuse; create our own. */ if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION, RelationGetRelid(partition), fkconstraint->conname)) conname = ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(partition), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(fkconstraint->fk_attrs), "fkey", RelationGetNamespace(partition), NIL); else conname = fkconstraint->conname; constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(conname, RelationGetNamespace(partition), CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN, fkconstraint->deferrable, fkconstraint->initdeferred, fkconstraint->initially_valid, parentConstr, partitionId, mapped_fkattnum, numfks, numfks, InvalidOid, indexOid, RelationGetRelid(pkrel), pkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, numfks, fkconstraint->fk_upd_action, fkconstraint->fk_del_action, fkconstraint->fk_matchtype, NULL, NULL, NULL, false, 1, false, false); /* * Give this constraint partition-type dependencies on the parent * constraint as well as the table. */ ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid); ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstr); recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI); ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, partitionId); recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC); /* Make all this visible before recursing */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* call ourselves to finalize the creation and we're done */ addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, partition, pkrel, indexOid, constrOid, numfks, pkattnum, mapped_fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators, old_check_ok, lockmode); table_close(partition, NoLock); } } } /* * CloneForeignKeyConstraints * Clone foreign keys from a partitioned table to a newly acquired * partition. * * partitionRel is a partition of parentRel, so we can be certain that it has * the same columns with the same datatypes. The columns may be in different * order, though. * * wqueue must be passed to set up phase 3 constraint checking, unless the * referencing-side partition is known to be empty (such as in CREATE TABLE / * PARTITION OF). */ static void CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) { /* This only works for declarative partitioning */ Assert(parentRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE); /* * Clone constraints for which the parent is on the referenced side. */ CloneFkReferenced(parentRel, partitionRel); /* * Now clone constraints where the parent is on the referencing side. */ CloneFkReferencing(wqueue, parentRel, partitionRel); } /* * CloneFkReferenced * Subroutine for CloneForeignKeyConstraints * * Find all the FKs that have the parent relation on the referenced side; * clone those constraints to the given partition. This is to be called * when the partition is being created or attached. * * This recurses to partitions, if the relation being attached is partitioned. * Recursion is done by calling addFkRecurseReferenced. */ static void CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel) { Relation pg_constraint; AttrMap *attmap; ListCell *cell; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[2]; HeapTuple tuple; List *clone = NIL; /* * Search for any constraints where this partition's parent is in the * referenced side. However, we must not clone any constraint whose * parent constraint is also going to be cloned, to avoid duplicates. So * do it in two steps: first construct the list of constraints to clone, * then go over that list cloning those whose parents are not in the list. * (We must not rely on the parent being seen first, since the catalog * scan could return children first.) */ pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parentRel))); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)); /* This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index ... */ scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint, InvalidOid, true, NULL, 2, key); while ((tuple = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL) { Form_pg_constraint constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); clone = lappend_oid(clone, constrForm->oid); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(pg_constraint, RowShareLock); attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partitionRel), RelationGetDescr(parentRel)); foreach(cell, clone) { Oid constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell); Form_pg_constraint constrForm; Relation fkRel; Oid indexOid; Oid partIndexId; int numfks; AttrNumber conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; AttrNumber mapped_confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; AttrNumber confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conppeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conffeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Constraint *fkconstraint; tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, constrOid); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constrOid); constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* * As explained above: don't try to clone a constraint for which we're * going to clone the parent. */ if (list_member_oid(clone, constrForm->conparentid)) { ReleaseSysCache(tuple); continue; } /* * Because we're only expanding the key space at the referenced side, * we don't need to prevent any operation in the referencing table, so * AccessShareLock suffices (assumes that dropping the constraint * acquires AEL). */ fkRel = table_open(constrForm->conrelid, AccessShareLock); indexOid = constrForm->conindid; DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple, &numfks, conkey, confkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop); for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++) mapped_confkey[i] = attmap->attnums[confkey[i] - 1]; fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint); /* for now this is all we need */ fkconstraint->conname = NameStr(constrForm->conname); fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype; fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype; fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable; fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred; fkconstraint->initially_valid = true; fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype; /* set up colnames that are used to generate the constraint name */ for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++) { Form_pg_attribute att; att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(fkRel), conkey[i] - 1); fkconstraint->fk_attrs = lappend(fkconstraint->fk_attrs, makeString(NameStr(att->attname))); } /* * Add the new foreign key constraint pointing to the new partition. * Because this new partition appears in the referenced side of the * constraint, we don't need to set up for Phase 3 check. */ partIndexId = index_get_partition(partitionRel, indexOid); if (!OidIsValid(partIndexId)) elog(ERROR, "index for %u not found in partition %s", indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partitionRel)); addFkRecurseReferenced(NULL, fkconstraint, fkRel, partitionRel, partIndexId, constrOid, numfks, mapped_confkey, conkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop, true); table_close(fkRel, NoLock); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } } /* * CloneFkReferencing * Subroutine for CloneForeignKeyConstraints * * For each FK constraint of the parent relation in the given list, find an * equivalent constraint in its partition relation that can be reparented; * if one cannot be found, create a new constraint in the partition as its * child. * * If wqueue is given, it is used to set up phase-3 verification for each * cloned constraint; if omitted, we assume that such verification is not * needed (example: the partition is being created anew). */ static void CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel) { AttrMap *attmap; List *partFKs; List *clone = NIL; ListCell *cell; /* obtain a list of constraints that we need to clone */ foreach(cell, RelationGetFKeyList(parentRel)) { ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst(cell); clone = lappend_oid(clone, fk->conoid); } /* * Silently do nothing if there's nothing to do. In particular, this * avoids throwing a spurious error for foreign tables. */ if (clone == NIL) return; if (partRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("foreign key constraints are not supported on foreign tables"))); /* * The constraint key may differ, if the columns in the partition are * different. This map is used to convert them. */ attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partRel), RelationGetDescr(parentRel)); partFKs = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partRel)); foreach(cell, clone) { Oid parentConstrOid = lfirst_oid(cell); Form_pg_constraint constrForm; Relation pkrel; HeapTuple tuple; int numfks; AttrNumber conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; AttrNumber mapped_conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; AttrNumber confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conppeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Oid conffeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; Constraint *fkconstraint; bool attached; Oid indexOid; Oid constrOid; ObjectAddress address, referenced; ListCell *cell; tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, parentConstrOid); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", parentConstrOid); constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* Don't clone constraints whose parents are being cloned */ if (list_member_oid(clone, constrForm->conparentid)) { ReleaseSysCache(tuple); continue; } /* * Need to prevent concurrent deletions. If pkrel is a partitioned * relation, that means to lock all partitions. */ pkrel = table_open(constrForm->confrelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock); if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) (void) find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(pkrel), ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL); DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple, &numfks, conkey, confkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop); for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++) mapped_conkey[i] = attmap->attnums[conkey[i] - 1]; /* * Before creating a new constraint, see whether any existing FKs are * fit for the purpose. If one is, attach the parent constraint to * it, and don't clone anything. This way we avoid the expensive * verification step and don't end up with a duplicate FK, and we * don't need to recurse to partitions for this constraint. */ attached = false; foreach(cell, partFKs) { ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst_node(ForeignKeyCacheInfo, cell); if (tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(fk, RelationGetRelid(partRel), parentConstrOid, numfks, mapped_conkey, confkey, conpfeqop)) { attached = true; table_close(pkrel, NoLock); break; } } if (attached) { ReleaseSysCache(tuple); continue; } /* No dice. Set up to create our own constraint */ fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint); if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION, RelationGetRelid(partRel), NameStr(constrForm->conname))) fkconstraint->conname = ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(partRel), ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(fkconstraint->fk_attrs), "fkey", RelationGetNamespace(partRel), NIL); else fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(NameStr(constrForm->conname)); fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype; fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype; fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable; fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred; fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype; for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++) { Form_pg_attribute att; att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(partRel), mapped_conkey[i] - 1); fkconstraint->fk_attrs = lappend(fkconstraint->fk_attrs, makeString(NameStr(att->attname))); } indexOid = constrForm->conindid; constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(fkconstraint->conname, constrForm->connamespace, CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN, fkconstraint->deferrable, fkconstraint->initdeferred, constrForm->convalidated, parentConstrOid, RelationGetRelid(partRel), mapped_conkey, numfks, numfks, InvalidOid, /* not a domain constraint */ indexOid, constrForm->confrelid, /* same foreign rel */ confkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop, numfks, fkconstraint->fk_upd_action, fkconstraint->fk_del_action, fkconstraint->fk_matchtype, NULL, NULL, NULL, false, /* islocal */ 1, /* inhcount */ false, /* conNoInherit */ true); /* Set up partition dependencies for the new constraint */ ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid); ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstrOid); recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI); ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel)); recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC); /* Done with the cloned constraint's tuple */ ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* Make all this visible before recursing */ CommandCounterIncrement(); addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, partRel, pkrel, indexOid, constrOid, numfks, confkey, mapped_conkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop, false, /* no old check exists */ AccessExclusiveLock); table_close(pkrel, NoLock); } } /* * When the parent of a partition receives [the referencing side of] a foreign * key, we must propagate that foreign key to the partition. However, the * partition might already have an equivalent foreign key; this routine * compares the given ForeignKeyCacheInfo (in the partition) to the FK defined * by the other parameters. If they are equivalent, create the link between * the two constraints and return true. * * If the given FK does not match the one defined by rest of the params, * return false. */ static bool tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk, Oid partRelid, Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks, AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey, Oid *conpfeqop) { HeapTuple parentConstrTup; Form_pg_constraint parentConstr; HeapTuple partcontup; Form_pg_constraint partConstr; Relation trigrel; ScanKeyData key; SysScanDesc scan; HeapTuple trigtup; parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(parentConstrTup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", parentConstrOid); parentConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parentConstrTup); /* * Do some quick & easy initial checks. If any of these fail, we cannot * use this constraint. */ if (fk->confrelid != parentConstr->confrelid || fk->nkeys != numfks) { ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup); return false; } for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++) { if (fk->conkey[i] != mapped_conkey[i] || fk->confkey[i] != confkey[i] || fk->conpfeqop[i] != conpfeqop[i]) { ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup); return false; } } /* * Looks good so far; do some more extensive checks. Presumably the check * for 'convalidated' could be dropped, since we don't really care about * that, but let's be careful for now. */ partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fk->conoid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(partcontup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", fk->conoid); partConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(partcontup); if (OidIsValid(partConstr->conparentid) || !partConstr->convalidated || partConstr->condeferrable != parentConstr->condeferrable || partConstr->condeferred != parentConstr->condeferred || partConstr->confupdtype != parentConstr->confupdtype || partConstr->confdeltype != parentConstr->confdeltype || partConstr->confmatchtype != parentConstr->confmatchtype) { ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup); ReleaseSysCache(partcontup); return false; } ReleaseSysCache(partcontup); ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup); /* * Looks good! Attach this constraint. The action triggers in the new * partition become redundant -- the parent table already has equivalent * ones, and those will be able to reach the partition. Remove the ones * in the partition. We identify them because they have our constraint * OID, as well as being on the referenced rel. */ trigrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(fk->conoid)); scan = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); while ((trigtup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL) { Form_pg_trigger trgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup); ObjectAddress trigger; if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != fk->conrelid) continue; if (trgform->tgrelid != fk->confrelid) continue; /* * The constraint is originally set up to contain this trigger as an * implementation object, so there's a dependency record that links * the two; however, since the trigger is no longer needed, we remove * the dependency link in order to be able to drop the trigger while * keeping the constraint intact. */ deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId, trgform->oid, false); /* make dependency deletion visible to performDeletion */ CommandCounterIncrement(); ObjectAddressSet(trigger, TriggerRelationId, trgform->oid); performDeletion(&trigger, DROP_RESTRICT, 0); /* make trigger drop visible, in case the loop iterates */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(trigrel, RowExclusiveLock); ConstraintSetParentConstraint(fk->conoid, parentConstrOid, partRelid); CommandCounterIncrement(); return true; } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER CONSTRAINT * * Update the attributes of a constraint. * * Currently only works for Foreign Key constraints. * * If the constraint is modified, returns its address; otherwise, return * InvalidObjectAddress. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterConstraint(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Constraint *cmdcon; Relation conrel; Relation tgrel; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData skey[3]; HeapTuple contuple; Form_pg_constraint currcon; ObjectAddress address; List *otherrelids = NIL; ListCell *lc; cmdcon = castNode(Constraint, cmd->def); conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Find and check the target constraint */ ScanKeyInit(&skey[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&skey[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contypid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid)); ScanKeyInit(&skey[2], Anum_pg_constraint_conname, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ, CStringGetDatum(cmdcon->conname)); scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 3, skey); /* There can be at most one matching row */ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contuple = systable_getnext(scan))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple); if (currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a foreign key constraint", cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* * If it's not the topmost constraint, raise an error. * * Altering a non-topmost constraint leaves some triggers untouched, since * they are not directly connected to this constraint; also, pg_dump would * ignore the deferrability status of the individual constraint, since it * only dumps topmost constraints. Avoid these problems by refusing this * operation and telling the user to alter the parent constraint instead. */ if (OidIsValid(currcon->conparentid)) { HeapTuple tp; Oid parent = currcon->conparentid; char *ancestorname = NULL; char *ancestortable = NULL; /* Loop to find the topmost constraint */ while (HeapTupleIsValid(tp = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(parent)))) { Form_pg_constraint contup = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tp); /* If no parent, this is the constraint we want */ if (!OidIsValid(contup->conparentid)) { ancestorname = pstrdup(NameStr(contup->conname)); ancestortable = get_rel_name(contup->conrelid); ReleaseSysCache(tp); break; } parent = contup->conparentid; ReleaseSysCache(tp); } ereport(ERROR, (errmsg("cannot alter constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"", cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), ancestorname && ancestortable ? errdetail("Constraint \"%s\" is derived from constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\".", cmdcon->conname, ancestorname, ancestortable) : 0, errhint("You may alter the constraint it derives from, instead."))); } /* * Do the actual catalog work. We can skip changing if already in the * desired state, but not if a partitioned table: partitions need to be * processed regardless, in case they had the constraint locally changed. */ address = InvalidObjectAddress; if (currcon->condeferrable != cmdcon->deferrable || currcon->condeferred != cmdcon->initdeferred || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { if (ATExecAlterConstrRecurse(cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel, contuple, &otherrelids, lockmode)) ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, currcon->oid); } /* * ATExecConstrRecurse already invalidated relcache for the relations * having the constraint itself; here we also invalidate for relations * that have any triggers that are part of the constraint. */ foreach(lc, otherrelids) CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(lfirst_oid(lc)); systable_endscan(scan); table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock); table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * Recursive subroutine of ATExecAlterConstraint. Returns true if the * constraint is altered. * * *otherrelids is appended OIDs of relations containing affected triggers. * * Note that we must recurse even when the values are correct, in case * indirect descendants have had their constraints altered locally. * (This could be avoided if we forbade altering constraints in partitions * but existing releases don't do that.) */ static bool ATExecAlterConstrRecurse(Constraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple, List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Form_pg_constraint currcon; Oid conoid; Oid refrelid; bool changed = false; currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple); conoid = currcon->oid; refrelid = currcon->confrelid; /* * Update pg_constraint with the flags from cmdcon. * * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state, * silently do nothing. */ if (currcon->condeferrable != cmdcon->deferrable || currcon->condeferred != cmdcon->initdeferred) { HeapTuple copyTuple; Form_pg_constraint copy_con; HeapTuple tgtuple; ScanKeyData tgkey; SysScanDesc tgscan; copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple); copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); copy_con->condeferrable = cmdcon->deferrable; copy_con->condeferred = cmdcon->initdeferred; CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, ©Tuple->t_self, copyTuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, conoid, 0); heap_freetuple(copyTuple); changed = true; /* Make new constraint flags visible to others */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); /* * Now we need to update the multiple entries in pg_trigger that * implement the constraint. */ ScanKeyInit(&tgkey, Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid)); tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &tgkey); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tgtuple = systable_getnext(tgscan))) { Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tgtuple); Form_pg_trigger copy_tg; HeapTuple copyTuple; /* * Remember OIDs of other relation(s) involved in FK constraint. * (Note: it's likely that we could skip forcing a relcache inval * for other rels that don't have a trigger whose properties * change, but let's be conservative.) */ if (tgform->tgrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel)) *otherrelids = list_append_unique_oid(*otherrelids, tgform->tgrelid); /* * Update deferrability of RI_FKey_noaction_del, * RI_FKey_noaction_upd, RI_FKey_check_ins and RI_FKey_check_upd * triggers, but not others; see createForeignKeyActionTriggers * and CreateFKCheckTrigger. */ if (tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL && tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD && tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS && tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD) continue; copyTuple = heap_copytuple(tgtuple); copy_tg = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); copy_tg->tgdeferrable = cmdcon->deferrable; copy_tg->tginitdeferred = cmdcon->initdeferred; CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, ©Tuple->t_self, copyTuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0); heap_freetuple(copyTuple); } systable_endscan(tgscan); } /* * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to * recurse and handle every constraint that is a child of this one. * * (This assumes that the recurse flag is forcibly set for partitioned * tables, and not set for legacy inheritance, though we don't check for * that here.) */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE || get_rel_relkind(refrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { ScanKeyData pkey; SysScanDesc pscan; HeapTuple childtup; ScanKeyInit(&pkey, Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid)); pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &pkey); while (HeapTupleIsValid(childtup = systable_getnext(pscan))) { Form_pg_constraint childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(childtup); Relation childrel; childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode); ATExecAlterConstrRecurse(cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, childrel, childtup, otherrelids, lockmode); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } systable_endscan(pscan); } return changed; } /* * ALTER TABLE VALIDATE CONSTRAINT * * XXX The reason we handle recursion here rather than at Phase 1 is because * there's no good way to skip recursing when handling foreign keys: there is * no need to lock children in that case, yet we wouldn't be able to avoid * doing so at that level. * * Return value is the address of the validated constraint. If the constraint * was already validated, InvalidObjectAddress is returned. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation conrel; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData skey[3]; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_constraint con; ObjectAddress address; conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Find and check the target constraint */ ScanKeyInit(&skey[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&skey[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contypid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid)); ScanKeyInit(&skey[2], Anum_pg_constraint_conname, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ, CStringGetDatum(constrName)); scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 3, skey); /* There can be at most one matching row */ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN && con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a foreign key or check constraint", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (!con->convalidated) { AlteredTableInfo *tab; HeapTuple copyTuple; Form_pg_constraint copy_con; if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) { NewConstraint *newcon; Constraint *fkconstraint; /* Queue validation for phase 3 */ fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint); /* for now this is all we need */ fkconstraint->conname = constrName; newcon = (NewConstraint *) palloc0(sizeof(NewConstraint)); newcon->name = constrName; newcon->contype = CONSTR_FOREIGN; newcon->refrelid = con->confrelid; newcon->refindid = con->conindid; newcon->conid = con->oid; newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint; /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon); /* * We disallow creating invalid foreign keys to or from * partitioned tables, so ignoring the recursion bit is okay. */ } else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK) { List *children = NIL; ListCell *child; NewConstraint *newcon; bool isnull; Datum val; char *conbin; /* * If we're recursing, the parent has already done this, so skip * it. Also, if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we * shouldn't try to look for it in the children. */ if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit) children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode, NULL); /* * For CHECK constraints, we must ensure that we only mark the * constraint as validated on the parent if it's already validated * on the children. * * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of * deadlocks. */ foreach(child, children) { Oid childoid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; if (childoid == RelationGetRelid(rel)) continue; /* * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any * child tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the * parent valid unless it is valid for all child tables. */ if (!recurse) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraint must be validated on child tables too"))); /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */ childrel = table_open(childoid, NoLock); ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, childrel, constrName, false, true, lockmode); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } /* Queue validation for phase 3 */ newcon = (NewConstraint *) palloc0(sizeof(NewConstraint)); newcon->name = constrName; newcon->contype = CONSTR_CHECK; newcon->refrelid = InvalidOid; newcon->refindid = InvalidOid; newcon->conid = con->oid; val = SysCacheGetAttr(CONSTROID, tuple, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin, &isnull); if (isnull) elog(ERROR, "null conbin for constraint %u", con->oid); conbin = TextDatumGetCString(val); newcon->qual = (Node *) stringToNode(conbin); /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */ tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon); /* * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated * constraint. */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); } /* * Now update the catalog, while we have the door open. */ copyTuple = heap_copytuple(tuple); copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); copy_con->convalidated = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, ©Tuple->t_self, copyTuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0); heap_freetuple(copyTuple); ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid); } else address = InvalidObjectAddress; /* already validated */ systable_endscan(scan); table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); return address; } /* * transformColumnNameList - transform list of column names * * Lookup each name and return its attnum and type OID */ static int transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids) { ListCell *l; int attnum; attnum = 0; foreach(l, colList) { char *attname = strVal(lfirst(l)); HeapTuple atttuple; atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relId, attname); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" referenced in foreign key constraint does not exist", attname))); if (attnum >= INDEX_MAX_KEYS) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS), errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key", INDEX_MAX_KEYS))); attnums[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->attnum; atttypids[attnum] = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple))->atttypid; ReleaseSysCache(atttuple); attnum++; } return attnum; } /* * transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey - * * Look up the names, attnums, and types of the primary key attributes * for the pkrel. Also return the index OID and index opclasses of the * index supporting the primary key. * * All parameters except pkrel are output parameters. Also, the function * return value is the number of attributes in the primary key. * * Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification is omitted. */ static int transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid, List **attnamelist, int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *opclasses) { List *indexoidlist; ListCell *indexoidscan; HeapTuple indexTuple = NULL; Form_pg_index indexStruct = NULL; Datum indclassDatum; bool isnull; oidvector *indclass; int i; /* * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up * each one in the pg_index syscache until we find one marked primary key * (hopefully there isn't more than one such). Insist it's valid, too. */ *indexOid = InvalidOid; indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel); foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist) { Oid indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan); indexTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid); indexStruct = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple); if (indexStruct->indisprimary && indexStruct->indisvalid) { /* * Refuse to use a deferrable primary key. This is per SQL spec, * and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems if we * tried to allow it. */ if (!indexStruct->indimmediate) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot use a deferrable primary key for referenced table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); *indexOid = indexoid; break; } ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple); } list_free(indexoidlist); /* * Check that we found it */ if (!OidIsValid(*indexOid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("there is no primary key for referenced table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); /* Must get indclass the hard way */ indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indclass, &isnull); Assert(!isnull); indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(indclassDatum); /* * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements) */ *attnamelist = NIL; for (i = 0; i < indexStruct->indnkeyatts; i++) { int pkattno = indexStruct->indkey.values[i]; attnums[i] = pkattno; atttypids[i] = attnumTypeId(pkrel, pkattno); opclasses[i] = indclass->values[i]; *attnamelist = lappend(*attnamelist, makeString(pstrdup(NameStr(*attnumAttName(pkrel, pkattno))))); } ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple); return i; } /* * transformFkeyCheckAttrs - * * Make sure that the attributes of a referenced table belong to a unique * (or primary key) constraint. Return the OID of the index supporting * the constraint, as well as the opclasses associated with the index * columns. */ static Oid transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel, int numattrs, int16 *attnums, Oid *opclasses) /* output parameter */ { Oid indexoid = InvalidOid; bool found = false; bool found_deferrable = false; List *indexoidlist; ListCell *indexoidscan; int i, j; /* * Reject duplicate appearances of columns in the referenced-columns list. * Such a case is forbidden by the SQL standard, and even if we thought it * useful to allow it, there would be ambiguity about how to match the * list to unique indexes (in particular, it'd be unclear which index * opclass goes with which FK column). */ for (i = 0; i < numattrs; i++) { for (j = i + 1; j < numattrs; j++) { if (attnums[i] == attnums[j]) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY), errmsg("foreign key referenced-columns list must not contain duplicates"))); } } /* * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up * each one in the pg_index syscache, and match unique indexes to the list * of attnums we are given. */ indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel); foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist) { HeapTuple indexTuple; Form_pg_index indexStruct; indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan); indexTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid); indexStruct = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple); /* * Must have the right number of columns; must be unique and not a * partial index; forget it if there are any expressions, too. Invalid * indexes are out as well. */ if (indexStruct->indnkeyatts == numattrs && indexStruct->indisunique && indexStruct->indisvalid && heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) && heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL)) { Datum indclassDatum; bool isnull; oidvector *indclass; /* Must get indclass the hard way */ indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(INDEXRELID, indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indclass, &isnull); Assert(!isnull); indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(indclassDatum); /* * The given attnum list may match the index columns in any order. * Check for a match, and extract the appropriate opclasses while * we're at it. * * We know that attnums[] is duplicate-free per the test at the * start of this function, and we checked above that the number of * index columns agrees, so if we find a match for each attnums[] * entry then we must have a one-to-one match in some order. */ for (i = 0; i < numattrs; i++) { found = false; for (j = 0; j < numattrs; j++) { if (attnums[i] == indexStruct->indkey.values[j]) { opclasses[i] = indclass->values[j]; found = true; break; } } if (!found) break; } /* * Refuse to use a deferrable unique/primary key. This is per SQL * spec, and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems * if we tried to allow it. */ if (found && !indexStruct->indimmediate) { /* * Remember that we found an otherwise matching index, so that * we can generate a more appropriate error message. */ found_deferrable = true; found = false; } } ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple); if (found) break; } if (!found) { if (found_deferrable) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot use a deferrable unique constraint for referenced table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY), errmsg("there is no unique constraint matching given keys for referenced table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)))); } list_free(indexoidlist); return indexoid; } /* * findFkeyCast - * * Wrapper around find_coercion_pathway() for ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(). * Caller has equal regard for binary coercibility and for an exact match. */ static CoercionPathType findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid) { CoercionPathType ret; if (targetTypeId == sourceTypeId) { ret = COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE; *funcid = InvalidOid; } else { ret = find_coercion_pathway(targetTypeId, sourceTypeId, COERCION_IMPLICIT, funcid); if (ret == COERCION_PATH_NONE) /* A previously-relied-upon cast is now gone. */ elog(ERROR, "could not find cast from %u to %u", sourceTypeId, targetTypeId); } return ret; } /* * Permissions checks on the referenced table for ADD FOREIGN KEY * * Note: we have already checked that the user owns the referencing table, * else we'd have failed much earlier; no additional checks are needed for it. */ static void checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts) { Oid roleid = GetUserId(); AclResult aclresult; int i; /* Okay if we have relation-level REFERENCES permission */ aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), roleid, ACL_REFERENCES); if (aclresult == ACLCHECK_OK) return; /* Else we must have REFERENCES on each column */ for (i = 0; i < natts; i++) { aclresult = pg_attribute_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnums[i], roleid, ACL_REFERENCES); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind), RelationGetRelationName(rel)); } } /* * Scan the existing rows in a table to verify they meet a proposed FK * constraint. * * Caller must have opened and locked both relations appropriately. */ static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname, Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid) { TupleTableSlot *slot; TableScanDesc scan; Trigger trig; Snapshot snapshot; MemoryContext oldcxt; MemoryContext perTupCxt; ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("validating foreign key constraint \"%s\"", conname))); /* * Build a trigger call structure; we'll need it either way. */ MemSet(&trig, 0, sizeof(trig)); trig.tgoid = InvalidOid; trig.tgname = conname; trig.tgenabled = TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN; trig.tgisinternal = true; trig.tgconstrrelid = RelationGetRelid(pkrel); trig.tgconstrindid = pkindOid; trig.tgconstraint = constraintOid; trig.tgdeferrable = false; trig.tginitdeferred = false; /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */ /* * See if we can do it with a single LEFT JOIN query. A false result * indicates we must proceed with the fire-the-trigger method. */ if (RI_Initial_Check(&trig, rel, pkrel)) return; /* * Scan through each tuple, calling RI_FKey_check_ins (insert trigger) as * if that tuple had just been inserted. If any of those fail, it should * ereport(ERROR) and that's that. */ snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetLatestSnapshot()); slot = table_slot_create(rel, NULL); scan = table_beginscan(rel, snapshot, 0, NULL); perTupCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, "validateForeignKeyConstraint", ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES); oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt); while (table_scan_getnextslot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, slot)) { LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0); TriggerData trigdata = {0}; CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS(); /* * Make a call to the trigger function * * No parameters are passed, but we do set a context */ MemSet(fcinfo, 0, SizeForFunctionCallInfo(0)); /* * We assume RI_FKey_check_ins won't look at flinfo... */ trigdata.type = T_TriggerData; trigdata.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW; trigdata.tg_relation = rel; trigdata.tg_trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, false, NULL); trigdata.tg_trigslot = slot; trigdata.tg_trigger = &trig; fcinfo->context = (Node *) &trigdata; RI_FKey_check_ins(fcinfo); MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt); } MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt); MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt); table_endscan(scan); UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot); ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot); } static void CreateFKCheckTrigger(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, bool on_insert) { CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger; /* * Note: for a self-referential FK (referencing and referenced tables are * the same), it is important that the ON UPDATE action fires before the * CHECK action, since both triggers will fire on the same row during an * UPDATE event; otherwise the CHECK trigger will be checking a non-final * state of the row. Triggers fire in name order, so we ensure this by * using names like "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a_NNNN" for the action triggers * and "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c_NNNN" for the check triggers. */ fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt); fk_trigger->replace = false; fk_trigger->isconstraint = true; fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c"; fk_trigger->relation = NULL; /* Either ON INSERT or ON UPDATE */ if (on_insert) { fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_check_ins"); fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT; } else { fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_check_upd"); fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE; } fk_trigger->args = NIL; fk_trigger->row = true; fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER; fk_trigger->columns = NIL; fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL; fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL; fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable; fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred; fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL; (void) CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, myRelOid, refRelOid, constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, NULL, true, false); /* Make changes-so-far visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } /* * createForeignKeyActionTriggers * Create the referenced-side "action" triggers that implement a foreign * key. */ static void createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation rel, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid) { CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger; /* * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON * DELETE action on the referenced table. */ fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt); fk_trigger->replace = false; fk_trigger->isconstraint = true; fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a"; fk_trigger->relation = NULL; fk_trigger->args = NIL; fk_trigger->row = true; fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER; fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE; fk_trigger->columns = NIL; fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL; fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL; fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL; switch (fkconstraint->fk_del_action) { case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION: fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable; fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_noaction_del"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_restrict_del"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_cascade_del"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setnull_del"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setdefault_del"); break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized FK action type: %d", (int) fkconstraint->fk_del_action); break; } (void) CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, RelationGetRelid(rel), constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, NULL, true, false); /* Make changes-so-far visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON * UPDATE action on the referenced table. */ fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt); fk_trigger->replace = false; fk_trigger->isconstraint = true; fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a"; fk_trigger->relation = NULL; fk_trigger->args = NIL; fk_trigger->row = true; fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER; fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE; fk_trigger->columns = NIL; fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL; fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL; fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL; switch (fkconstraint->fk_upd_action) { case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION: fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable; fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_noaction_upd"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_restrict_upd"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_cascade_upd"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setnull_upd"); break; case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT: fk_trigger->deferrable = false; fk_trigger->initdeferred = false; fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setdefault_upd"); break; default: elog(ERROR, "unrecognized FK action type: %d", (int) fkconstraint->fk_upd_action); break; } (void) CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, RelationGetRelid(rel), constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, NULL, true, false); } /* * createForeignKeyCheckTriggers * Create the referencing-side "check" triggers that implement a foreign * key. */ static void createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid) { CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint, constraintOid, indexOid, true); CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint, constraintOid, indexOid, false); } /* * ALTER TABLE DROP CONSTRAINT * * Like DROP COLUMN, we can't use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism. */ static void ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName, DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode) { List *children; ListCell *child; Relation conrel; Form_pg_constraint con; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData skey[3]; HeapTuple tuple; bool found = false; bool is_no_inherit_constraint = false; char contype; /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */ if (recursing) ATSimplePermissions(rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Find and drop the target constraint */ ScanKeyInit(&skey[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&skey[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contypid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid)); ScanKeyInit(&skey[2], Anum_pg_constraint_conname, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ, CStringGetDatum(constrName)); scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 3, skey); /* There can be at most one matching row */ if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { ObjectAddress conobj; con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* Don't drop inherited constraints */ if (con->coninhcount > 0 && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot drop inherited constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); is_no_inherit_constraint = con->connoinherit; contype = con->contype; /* * If it's a foreign-key constraint, we'd better lock the referenced * table and check that that's not in use, just as we've already done * for the constrained table (else we might, eg, be dropping a trigger * that has unfired events). But we can/must skip that in the * self-referential case. */ if (contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN && con->confrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel)) { Relation frel; /* Must match lock taken by RemoveTriggerById: */ frel = table_open(con->confrelid, AccessExclusiveLock); CheckTableNotInUse(frel, "ALTER TABLE"); table_close(frel, NoLock); } /* * Perform the actual constraint deletion */ conobj.classId = ConstraintRelationId; conobj.objectId = con->oid; conobj.objectSubId = 0; performDeletion(&conobj, behavior, 0); found = true; } systable_endscan(scan); if (!found) { if (!missing_ok) { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); } else { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); return; } } /* * For partitioned tables, non-CHECK inherited constraints are dropped via * the dependency mechanism, so we're done here. */ if (contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); return; } /* * Propagate to children as appropriate. Unlike most other ALTER * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass. */ if (!is_no_inherit_constraint) children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode); else children = NIL; /* * For a partitioned table, if partitions exist and we are told not to * recurse, it's a user error. It doesn't make sense to have a constraint * be defined only on the parent, especially if it's a partitioned table. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && children != NIL && !recurse) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot remove constraint from only the partitioned table when partitions exist"), errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."))); foreach(child, children) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(child); Relation childrel; HeapTuple copy_tuple; /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */ childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); ScanKeyInit(&skey[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(childrelid)); ScanKeyInit(&skey[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contypid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid)); ScanKeyInit(&skey[2], Anum_pg_constraint_conname, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ, CStringGetDatum(constrName)); scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 3, skey); /* There can be at most one matching row */ if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", constrName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel)))); copy_tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple); systable_endscan(scan); con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copy_tuple); /* Right now only CHECK constraints can be inherited */ if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK) elog(ERROR, "inherited constraint is not a CHECK constraint"); if (con->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited constraint \"%s\"", childrelid, constrName); if (recurse) { /* * If the child constraint has other definition sources, just * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete it. */ if (con->coninhcount == 1 && !con->conislocal) { /* Time to delete this child constraint, too */ ATExecDropConstraint(childrel, constrName, behavior, true, true, false, lockmode); } else { /* Child constraint must survive my deletion */ con->coninhcount--; CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, ©_tuple->t_self, copy_tuple); /* Make update visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } } else { /* * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion), we * need to mark the inheritors' constraints as locally defined * rather than inherited. */ con->coninhcount--; con->conislocal = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, ©_tuple->t_self, copy_tuple); /* Make update visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } heap_freetuple(copy_tuple); table_close(childrel, NoLock); } table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * ALTER COLUMN TYPE * * Unlike other subcommand types, we do parse transformation for ALTER COLUMN * TYPE during phase 1 --- the AlterTableCmd passed in here is already * transformed (and must be, because we rely on some transformed fields). * * The point of this is that the execution of all ALTER COLUMN TYPEs for a * table will be done "in parallel" during phase 3, so all the USING * expressions should be parsed assuming the original column types. Also, * this allows a USING expression to refer to a field that will be dropped. * * To make this work safely, AT_PASS_DROP then AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE must be * the first two execution steps in phase 2; they must not see the effects * of any other subcommand types, since the USING expressions are parsed * against the unmodified table's state. */ static void ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { char *colName = cmd->name; ColumnDef *def = (ColumnDef *) cmd->def; TypeName *typeName = def->typeName; Node *transform = def->cooked_default; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute attTup; AttrNumber attnum; Oid targettype; int32 targettypmod; Oid targetcollid; NewColumnValue *newval; ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL); AclResult aclresult; bool is_expr; if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot alter column type of typed table"))); /* lookup the attribute so we can check inheritance status */ tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = attTup->attnum; /* Can't alter a system attribute */ if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* * Don't alter inherited columns. At outer level, there had better not be * any inherited definition; when recursing, we assume this was checked at * the parent level (see below). */ if (attTup->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot alter inherited column \"%s\"", colName))); /* Don't alter columns used in the partition key */ if (has_partition_attrs(rel, bms_make_singleton(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber), &is_expr)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot alter column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Look up the target type */ typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, typeName, &targettype, &targettypmod); aclresult = pg_type_aclcheck(targettype, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, targettype); /* And the collation */ targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, targettype); /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */ CheckAttributeType(colName, targettype, targetcollid, list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype), 0); if (tab->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { /* * Set up an expression to transform the old data value to the new * type. If a USING option was given, use the expression as * transformed by transformAlterTableStmt, else just take the old * value and try to coerce it. We do this first so that type * incompatibility can be detected before we waste effort, and because * we need the expression to be parsed against the original table row * type. */ if (!transform) { transform = (Node *) makeVar(1, attnum, attTup->atttypid, attTup->atttypmod, attTup->attcollation, 0); } transform = coerce_to_target_type(pstate, transform, exprType(transform), targettype, targettypmod, COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, -1); if (transform == NULL) { /* error text depends on whether USING was specified or not */ if (def->cooked_default != NULL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("result of USING clause for column \"%s\"" " cannot be cast automatically to type %s", colName, format_type_be(targettype)), errhint("You might need to add an explicit cast."))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s", colName, format_type_be(targettype)), /* translator: USING is SQL, don't translate it */ errhint("You might need to specify \"USING %s::%s\".", quote_identifier(colName), format_type_with_typemod(targettype, targettypmod)))); } /* Fix collations after all else */ assign_expr_collations(pstate, transform); /* Plan the expr now so we can accurately assess the need to rewrite. */ transform = (Node *) expression_planner((Expr *) transform); /* * Add a work queue item to make ATRewriteTable update the column * contents. */ newval = (NewColumnValue *) palloc0(sizeof(NewColumnValue)); newval->attnum = attnum; newval->expr = (Expr *) transform; newval->is_generated = false; tab->newvals = lappend(tab->newvals, newval); if (ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(transform, attnum)) tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_COLUMN_REWRITE; } else if (transform) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind)) { /* * For relations without storage, do this check now. Regular tables * will check it later when the table is being rewritten. */ find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, rel, NULL); } ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* * Recurse manually by queueing a new command for each child, if * necessary. We cannot apply ATSimpleRecursion here because we need to * remap attribute numbers in the USING expression, if any. * * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child * tables; else the alter would put them out of step. */ if (recurse) { Oid relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); List *child_oids, *child_numparents; ListCell *lo, *li; child_oids = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode, &child_numparents); /* * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the * list that it returns. */ forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents) { Oid childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo); int numparents = lfirst_int(li); Relation childrel; HeapTuple childtuple; Form_pg_attribute childattTup; if (childrelid == relid) continue; /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */ childrel = relation_open(childrelid, NoLock); CheckTableNotInUse(childrel, "ALTER TABLE"); /* * Verify that the child doesn't have any inherited definitions of * this column that came from outside this inheritance hierarchy. * (renameatt makes a similar test, though in a different way * because of its different recursion mechanism.) */ childtuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(childrel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(childtuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel)))); childattTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(childtuple); if (childattTup->attinhcount > numparents) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot alter inherited column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"", colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel)))); ReleaseSysCache(childtuple); /* * Remap the attribute numbers. If no USING expression was * specified, there is no need for this step. */ if (def->cooked_default) { AttrMap *attmap; bool found_whole_row; /* create a copy to scribble on */ cmd = copyObject(cmd); attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(childrel), RelationGetDescr(rel)); ((ColumnDef *) cmd->def)->cooked_default = map_variable_attnos(def->cooked_default, 1, 0, attmap, InvalidOid, &found_whole_row); if (found_whole_row) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"), errdetail("USING expression contains a whole-row table reference."))); pfree(attmap); } ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, false, true, lockmode, context); relation_close(childrel, NoLock); } } else if (!recursing && find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), NoLock) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("type of inherited column \"%s\" must be changed in child tables too", colName))); if (tab->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context); } /* * When the data type of a column is changed, a rewrite might not be required * if the new type is sufficiently identical to the old one, and the USING * clause isn't trying to insert some other value. It's safe to skip the * rewrite in these cases: * * - the old type is binary coercible to the new type * - the new type is an unconstrained domain over the old type * - {NEW,OLD} or {OLD,NEW} is {timestamptz,timestamp} and the timezone is UTC * * In the case of a constrained domain, we could get by with scanning the * table and checking the constraint rather than actually rewriting it, but we * don't currently try to do that. */ static bool ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno) { Assert(expr != NULL); for (;;) { /* only one varno, so no need to check that */ if (IsA(expr, Var) && ((Var *) expr)->varattno == varattno) return false; else if (IsA(expr, RelabelType)) expr = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) expr)->arg; else if (IsA(expr, CoerceToDomain)) { CoerceToDomain *d = (CoerceToDomain *) expr; if (DomainHasConstraints(d->resulttype)) return true; expr = (Node *) d->arg; } else if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr)) { FuncExpr *f = (FuncExpr *) expr; switch (f->funcid) { case F_TIMESTAMPTZ_TIMESTAMP: case F_TIMESTAMP_TIMESTAMPTZ: if (TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite()) return true; else expr = linitial(f->args); break; default: return true; } } else return true; } } /* * ALTER COLUMN .. SET DATA TYPE * * Return the address of the modified column. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode) { char *colName = cmd->name; ColumnDef *def = (ColumnDef *) cmd->def; TypeName *typeName = def->typeName; HeapTuple heapTup; Form_pg_attribute attTup, attOldTup; AttrNumber attnum; HeapTuple typeTuple; Form_pg_type tform; Oid targettype; int32 targettypmod; Oid targetcollid; Node *defaultexpr; Relation attrelation; Relation depRel; ScanKeyData key[3]; SysScanDesc scan; HeapTuple depTup; ObjectAddress address; /* * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since this * renders them pointless. */ if (tab->rewrite) { Relation newrel; newrel = table_open(RelationGetRelid(rel), NoLock); RelationClearMissing(newrel); relation_close(newrel, NoLock); /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* Look up the target column */ heapTup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(heapTup)) /* shouldn't happen */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(heapTup); attnum = attTup->attnum; attOldTup = TupleDescAttr(tab->oldDesc, attnum - 1); /* Check for multiple ALTER TYPE on same column --- can't cope */ if (attTup->atttypid != attOldTup->atttypid || attTup->atttypmod != attOldTup->atttypmod) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type of column \"%s\" twice", colName))); /* Look up the target type (should not fail, since prep found it) */ typeTuple = typenameType(NULL, typeName, &targettypmod); tform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple); targettype = tform->oid; /* And the collation */ targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, targettype); /* * If there is a default expression for the column, get it and ensure we * can coerce it to the new datatype. (We must do this before changing * the column type, because build_column_default itself will try to * coerce, and will not issue the error message we want if it fails.) * * We remove any implicit coercion steps at the top level of the old * default expression; this has been agreed to satisfy the principle of * least surprise. (The conversion to the new column type should act like * it started from what the user sees as the stored expression, and the * implicit coercions aren't going to be shown.) */ if (attTup->atthasdef) { defaultexpr = build_column_default(rel, attnum); Assert(defaultexpr); defaultexpr = strip_implicit_coercions(defaultexpr); defaultexpr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL, /* no UNKNOWN params */ defaultexpr, exprType(defaultexpr), targettype, targettypmod, COERCION_ASSIGNMENT, COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST, -1); if (defaultexpr == NULL) { if (attTup->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("generation expression for column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s", colName, format_type_be(targettype)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("default for column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s", colName, format_type_be(targettype)))); } } else defaultexpr = NULL; /* * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc), * and record enough information to let us recreate the objects. * * The actual recreation does not happen here, but only after we have * performed all the individual ALTER TYPE operations. We have to save * the info before executing ALTER TYPE, though, else the deparser will * get confused. */ depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_refclassid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_refobjid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&key[2], Anum_pg_depend_refobjsubid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ, Int32GetDatum((int32) attnum)); scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true, NULL, 3, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend foundDep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup); ObjectAddress foundObject; /* We don't expect any PIN dependencies on columns */ if (foundDep->deptype == DEPENDENCY_PIN) elog(ERROR, "cannot alter type of a pinned column"); foundObject.classId = foundDep->classid; foundObject.objectId = foundDep->objid; foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->objsubid; switch (getObjectClass(&foundObject)) { case OCLASS_CLASS: { char relKind = get_rel_relkind(foundObject.objectId); if (relKind == RELKIND_INDEX || relKind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) { Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0); RememberIndexForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab); } else if (relKind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE) { /* * This must be a SERIAL column's sequence. We need * not do anything to it. */ Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0); } else if (relKind == RELKIND_RELATION && foundObject.objectSubId != 0 && get_attgenerated(foundObject.objectId, foundObject.objectSubId)) { /* * Changing the type of a column that is used by a * generated column is not allowed by SQL standard. It * might be doable with some thinking and effort. */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a generated column"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" is used by generated column \"%s\".", colName, get_attname(foundObject.objectId, foundObject.objectSubId, false)))); } else { /* Not expecting any other direct dependencies... */ elog(ERROR, "unexpected object depending on column: %s", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false)); } break; } case OCLASS_CONSTRAINT: Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0); RememberConstraintForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab); break; case OCLASS_REWRITE: /* XXX someday see if we can cope with revising views */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a view or rule"), errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\"", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false), colName))); break; case OCLASS_TRIGGER: /* * A trigger can depend on a column because the column is * specified as an update target, or because the column is * used in the trigger's WHEN condition. The first case would * not require any extra work, but the second case would * require updating the WHEN expression, which will take a * significant amount of new code. Since we can't easily tell * which case applies, we punt for both. FIXME someday. */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used in a trigger definition"), errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\"", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false), colName))); break; case OCLASS_POLICY: /* * A policy can depend on a column because the column is * specified in the policy's USING or WITH CHECK qual * expressions. It might be possible to rewrite and recheck * the policy expression, but punt for now. It's certainly * easy enough to remove and recreate the policy; still, FIXME * someday. */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used in a policy definition"), errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\"", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false), colName))); break; case OCLASS_DEFAULT: /* * Ignore the column's default expression, since we will fix * it below. */ Assert(defaultexpr); break; case OCLASS_STATISTIC_EXT: /* * Give the extended-stats machinery a chance to fix anything * that this column type change would break. */ RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab); break; case OCLASS_PROC: case OCLASS_TYPE: case OCLASS_CAST: case OCLASS_COLLATION: case OCLASS_CONVERSION: case OCLASS_LANGUAGE: case OCLASS_LARGEOBJECT: case OCLASS_OPERATOR: case OCLASS_OPCLASS: case OCLASS_OPFAMILY: case OCLASS_AM: case OCLASS_AMOP: case OCLASS_AMPROC: case OCLASS_SCHEMA: case OCLASS_TSPARSER: case OCLASS_TSDICT: case OCLASS_TSTEMPLATE: case OCLASS_TSCONFIG: case OCLASS_ROLE: case OCLASS_DATABASE: case OCLASS_TBLSPACE: case OCLASS_FDW: case OCLASS_FOREIGN_SERVER: case OCLASS_USER_MAPPING: case OCLASS_DEFACL: case OCLASS_EXTENSION: case OCLASS_EVENT_TRIGGER: case OCLASS_PUBLICATION: case OCLASS_PUBLICATION_REL: case OCLASS_SUBSCRIPTION: case OCLASS_TRANSFORM: /* * We don't expect any of these sorts of objects to depend on * a column. */ elog(ERROR, "unexpected object depending on column: %s", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false)); break; /* * There's intentionally no default: case here; we want the * compiler to warn if a new OCLASS hasn't been handled above. */ } } systable_endscan(scan); /* * Now scan for dependencies of this column on other things. The only * thing we should find is the dependency on the column datatype, which we * want to remove, possibly a collation dependency, and dependencies on * other columns if it is a generated column. */ ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_classid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_objid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); ScanKeyInit(&key[2], Anum_pg_depend_objsubid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ, Int32GetDatum((int32) attnum)); scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependDependerIndexId, true, NULL, 3, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend foundDep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup); ObjectAddress foundObject; foundObject.classId = foundDep->refclassid; foundObject.objectId = foundDep->refobjid; foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->refobjsubid; if (foundDep->deptype != DEPENDENCY_NORMAL && foundDep->deptype != DEPENDENCY_AUTO) elog(ERROR, "found unexpected dependency type '%c'", foundDep->deptype); if (!(foundDep->refclassid == TypeRelationId && foundDep->refobjid == attTup->atttypid) && !(foundDep->refclassid == CollationRelationId && foundDep->refobjid == attTup->attcollation) && !(foundDep->refclassid == RelationRelationId && foundDep->refobjid == RelationGetRelid(rel) && foundDep->refobjsubid != 0) ) elog(ERROR, "found unexpected dependency for column: %s", getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false)); CatalogTupleDelete(depRel, &depTup->t_self); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(depRel, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Here we go --- change the recorded column type and collation. (Note * heapTup is a copy of the syscache entry, so okay to scribble on.) First * fix up the missing value if any. */ if (attTup->atthasmissing) { Datum missingval; bool missingNull; /* if rewrite is true the missing value should already be cleared */ Assert(tab->rewrite == 0); /* Get the missing value datum */ missingval = heap_getattr(heapTup, Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval, attrelation->rd_att, &missingNull); /* if it's a null array there is nothing to do */ if (!missingNull) { /* * Get the datum out of the array and repack it in a new array * built with the new type data. We assume that since the table * doesn't need rewriting, the actual Datum doesn't need to be * changed, only the array metadata. */ int one = 1; bool isNull; Datum valuesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool nullsAtt[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool replacesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute]; HeapTuple newTup; MemSet(valuesAtt, 0, sizeof(valuesAtt)); MemSet(nullsAtt, false, sizeof(nullsAtt)); MemSet(replacesAtt, false, sizeof(replacesAtt)); missingval = array_get_element(missingval, 1, &one, 0, attTup->attlen, attTup->attbyval, attTup->attalign, &isNull); missingval = PointerGetDatum(construct_array(&missingval, 1, targettype, tform->typlen, tform->typbyval, tform->typalign)); valuesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = missingval; replacesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = true; nullsAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = false; newTup = heap_modify_tuple(heapTup, RelationGetDescr(attrelation), valuesAtt, nullsAtt, replacesAtt); heap_freetuple(heapTup); heapTup = newTup; attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(heapTup); } } attTup->atttypid = targettype; attTup->atttypmod = targettypmod; attTup->attcollation = targetcollid; attTup->attndims = list_length(typeName->arrayBounds); attTup->attlen = tform->typlen; attTup->attbyval = tform->typbyval; attTup->attalign = tform->typalign; attTup->attstorage = tform->typstorage; attTup->attcompression = InvalidCompressionMethod; ReleaseSysCache(typeTuple); CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &heapTup->t_self, heapTup); table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock); /* Install dependencies on new datatype and collation */ add_column_datatype_dependency(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, targettype); add_column_collation_dependency(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, targetcollid); /* * Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column, since it's now wrong type */ RemoveStatistics(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); /* * Update the default, if present, by brute force --- remove and re-add * the default. Probably unsafe to take shortcuts, since the new version * may well have additional dependencies. (It's okay to do this now, * rather than after other ALTER TYPE commands, since the default won't * depend on other column types.) */ if (defaultexpr) { /* Must make new row visible since it will be updated again */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* * We use RESTRICT here for safety, but at present we do not expect * anything to depend on the default. */ RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, true, true); StoreAttrDefault(rel, attnum, defaultexpr, true, false); } ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); /* Cleanup */ heap_freetuple(heapTup); return address; } /* * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a replica identity * needs to be reset. */ static void RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) { if (!get_index_isreplident(indoid)) return; if (tab->replicaIdentityIndex) elog(ERROR, "relation %u has multiple indexes marked as replica identity", tab->relid); tab->replicaIdentityIndex = get_rel_name(indoid); } /* * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember any clustered index. */ static void RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) { if (!get_index_isclustered(indoid)) return; if (tab->clusterOnIndex) elog(ERROR, "relation %u has multiple clustered indexes", tab->relid); tab->clusterOnIndex = get_rel_name(indoid); } /* * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a constraint needs * to be rebuilt (which we might already know). */ static void RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) { /* * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we * mustn't try to recreate the same constraint twice, and if a constraint * depends on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must * capture its definition string before applying any of the column type * changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later. */ if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedConstraintOids, conoid)) { /* OK, capture the constraint's existing definition string */ char *defstring = pg_get_constraintdef_command(conoid); Oid indoid; tab->changedConstraintOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedConstraintOids, conoid); tab->changedConstraintDefs = lappend(tab->changedConstraintDefs, defstring); /* * For the index of a constraint, if any, remember if it is used for * the table's replica identity or if it is a clustered index, so that * ATPostAlterTypeCleanup() can queue up commands necessary to restore * those properties. */ indoid = get_constraint_index(conoid); if (OidIsValid(indoid)) { RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab); RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab); } } } /* * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that an index needs * to be rebuilt (which we might already know). */ static void RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) { /* * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we * mustn't try to recreate the same index twice, and if an index depends * on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must capture * its definition string before applying any of the column type changes. * ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later. */ if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedIndexOids, indoid)) { /* * Before adding it as an index-to-rebuild, we'd better see if it * belongs to a constraint, and if so rebuild the constraint instead. * Typically this check fails, because constraint indexes normally * have only dependencies on their constraint. But it's possible for * such an index to also have direct dependencies on table columns, * for example with a partial exclusion constraint. */ Oid conoid = get_index_constraint(indoid); if (OidIsValid(conoid)) { RememberConstraintForRebuilding(conoid, tab); } else { /* OK, capture the index's existing definition string */ char *defstring = pg_get_indexdef_string(indoid); tab->changedIndexOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedIndexOids, indoid); tab->changedIndexDefs = lappend(tab->changedIndexDefs, defstring); /* * Remember if this index is used for the table's replica identity * or if it is a clustered index, so that ATPostAlterTypeCleanup() * can queue up commands necessary to restore those properties. */ RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab); RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab); } } } /* * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a statistics object * needs to be rebuilt (which we might already know). */ static void RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab) { /* * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we * mustn't try to recreate the same statistics object twice, and if the * statistics object depends on more than one column whose type is to be * altered, we must capture its definition string before applying any of * the type changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later. */ if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedStatisticsOids, stxoid)) { /* OK, capture the statistics object's existing definition string */ char *defstring = pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string(stxoid); tab->changedStatisticsOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedStatisticsOids, stxoid); tab->changedStatisticsDefs = lappend(tab->changedStatisticsDefs, defstring); } } /* * Cleanup after we've finished all the ALTER TYPE operations for a * particular relation. We have to drop and recreate all the indexes * and constraints that depend on the altered columns. We do the * actual dropping here, but re-creation is managed by adding work * queue entries to do those steps later. */ static void ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ObjectAddress obj; ObjectAddresses *objects; ListCell *def_item; ListCell *oid_item; /* * Collect all the constraints and indexes to drop so we can process them * in a single call. That way we don't have to worry about dependencies * among them. */ objects = new_object_addresses(); /* * Re-parse the index and constraint definitions, and attach them to the * appropriate work queue entries. We do this before dropping because in * the case of a FOREIGN KEY constraint, we might not yet have exclusive * lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need to get * that before reparsing/dropping. * * We can't rely on the output of deparsing to tell us which relation to * operate on, because concurrent activity might have made the name * resolve differently. Instead, we've got to use the OID of the * constraint or index we're processing to figure out which relation to * operate on. */ forboth(oid_item, tab->changedConstraintOids, def_item, tab->changedConstraintDefs) { Oid oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item); HeapTuple tup; Form_pg_constraint con; Oid relid; Oid confrelid; char contype; bool conislocal; tup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", oldId); con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup); if (OidIsValid(con->conrelid)) relid = con->conrelid; else { /* must be a domain constraint */ relid = get_typ_typrelid(getBaseType(con->contypid)); if (!OidIsValid(relid)) elog(ERROR, "could not identify relation associated with constraint %u", oldId); } confrelid = con->confrelid; contype = con->contype; conislocal = con->conislocal; ReleaseSysCache(tup); ObjectAddressSet(obj, ConstraintRelationId, oldId); add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects); /* * If the constraint is inherited (only), we don't want to inject a * new definition here; it'll get recreated when ATAddCheckConstraint * recurses from adding the parent table's constraint. But we had to * carry the info this far so that we can drop the constraint below. */ if (!conislocal) continue; /* * When rebuilding an FK constraint that references the table we're * modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the FK's table, so get * one now. We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP CONSTRAINT * step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker. */ if (relid != tab->relid && contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) LockRelationOid(relid, AccessExclusiveLock); ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, confrelid, (char *) lfirst(def_item), wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite); } forboth(oid_item, tab->changedIndexOids, def_item, tab->changedIndexDefs) { Oid oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item); Oid relid; relid = IndexGetRelation(oldId, false); ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, (char *) lfirst(def_item), wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite); ObjectAddressSet(obj, RelationRelationId, oldId); add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects); } /* add dependencies for new statistics */ forboth(oid_item, tab->changedStatisticsOids, def_item, tab->changedStatisticsDefs) { Oid oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item); Oid relid; relid = StatisticsGetRelation(oldId, false); ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, (char *) lfirst(def_item), wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite); ObjectAddressSet(obj, StatisticExtRelationId, oldId); add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects); } /* * Queue up command to restore replica identity index marking */ if (tab->replicaIdentityIndex) { AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); ReplicaIdentityStmt *subcmd = makeNode(ReplicaIdentityStmt); subcmd->identity_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX; subcmd->name = tab->replicaIdentityIndex; cmd->subtype = AT_ReplicaIdentity; cmd->def = (Node *) subcmd; /* do it after indexes and constraints */ tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd); } /* * Queue up command to restore marking of index used for cluster. */ if (tab->clusterOnIndex) { AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); cmd->subtype = AT_ClusterOn; cmd->name = tab->clusterOnIndex; /* do it after indexes and constraints */ tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd); } /* * It should be okay to use DROP_RESTRICT here, since nothing else should * be depending on these objects. */ performMultipleDeletions(objects, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL); free_object_addresses(objects); /* * The objects will get recreated during subsequent passes over the work * queue. */ } /* * Parse the previously-saved definition string for a constraint, index or * statistics object against the newly-established column data type(s), and * queue up the resulting command parsetrees for execution. * * This might fail if, for example, you have a WHERE clause that uses an * operator that's not available for the new column type. */ static void ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, char *cmd, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite) { List *raw_parsetree_list; List *querytree_list; ListCell *list_item; Relation rel; /* * We expect that we will get only ALTER TABLE and CREATE INDEX * statements. Hence, there is no need to pass them through * parse_analyze() or the rewriter, but instead we need to pass them * through parse_utilcmd.c to make them ready for execution. */ raw_parsetree_list = raw_parser(cmd, RAW_PARSE_DEFAULT); querytree_list = NIL; foreach(list_item, raw_parsetree_list) { RawStmt *rs = lfirst_node(RawStmt, list_item); Node *stmt = rs->stmt; if (IsA(stmt, IndexStmt)) querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, transformIndexStmt(oldRelId, (IndexStmt *) stmt, cmd)); else if (IsA(stmt, AlterTableStmt)) { List *beforeStmts; List *afterStmts; stmt = (Node *) transformAlterTableStmt(oldRelId, (AlterTableStmt *) stmt, cmd, &beforeStmts, &afterStmts); querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, beforeStmts); querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, stmt); querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, afterStmts); } else if (IsA(stmt, CreateStatsStmt)) querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, transformStatsStmt(oldRelId, (CreateStatsStmt *) stmt, cmd)); else querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, stmt); } /* Caller should already have acquired whatever lock we need. */ rel = relation_open(oldRelId, NoLock); /* * Attach each generated command to the proper place in the work queue. * Note this could result in creation of entirely new work-queue entries. * * Also note that we have to tweak the command subtypes, because it turns * out that re-creation of indexes and constraints has to act a bit * differently from initial creation. */ foreach(list_item, querytree_list) { Node *stm = (Node *) lfirst(list_item); AlteredTableInfo *tab; tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel); if (IsA(stm, IndexStmt)) { IndexStmt *stmt = (IndexStmt *) stm; AlterTableCmd *newcmd; if (!rewrite) TryReuseIndex(oldId, stmt); stmt->reset_default_tblspc = true; /* keep the index's comment */ stmt->idxcomment = GetComment(oldId, RelationRelationId, 0); newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddIndex; newcmd->def = (Node *) stmt; tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX], newcmd); } else if (IsA(stm, AlterTableStmt)) { AlterTableStmt *stmt = (AlterTableStmt *) stm; ListCell *lcmd; foreach(lcmd, stmt->cmds) { AlterTableCmd *cmd = castNode(AlterTableCmd, lfirst(lcmd)); if (cmd->subtype == AT_AddIndex) { IndexStmt *indstmt; Oid indoid; indstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def); indoid = get_constraint_index(oldId); if (!rewrite) TryReuseIndex(indoid, indstmt); /* keep any comment on the index */ indstmt->idxcomment = GetComment(indoid, RelationRelationId, 0); indstmt->reset_default_tblspc = true; cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddIndex; tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX], cmd); /* recreate any comment on the constraint */ RebuildConstraintComment(tab, AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX, oldId, rel, NIL, indstmt->idxname); } else if (cmd->subtype == AT_AddConstraint) { Constraint *con = castNode(Constraint, cmd->def); con->old_pktable_oid = refRelId; /* rewriting neither side of a FK */ if (con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN && !rewrite && tab->rewrite == 0) TryReuseForeignKey(oldId, con); con->reset_default_tblspc = true; cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddConstraint; tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd); /* recreate any comment on the constraint */ RebuildConstraintComment(tab, AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR, oldId, rel, NIL, con->conname); } else if (cmd->subtype == AT_SetNotNull) { /* * The parser will create AT_SetNotNull subcommands for * columns of PRIMARY KEY indexes/constraints, but we need * not do anything with them here, because the columns' * NOT NULL marks will already have been propagated into * the new table definition. */ } else elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement subtype: %d", (int) cmd->subtype); } } else if (IsA(stm, AlterDomainStmt)) { AlterDomainStmt *stmt = (AlterDomainStmt *) stm; if (stmt->subtype == 'C') /* ADD CONSTRAINT */ { Constraint *con = castNode(Constraint, stmt->def); AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddDomainConstraint; cmd->def = (Node *) stmt; tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd); /* recreate any comment on the constraint */ RebuildConstraintComment(tab, AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR, oldId, NULL, stmt->typeName, con->conname); } else elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement subtype: %d", (int) stmt->subtype); } else if (IsA(stm, CreateStatsStmt)) { CreateStatsStmt *stmt = (CreateStatsStmt *) stm; AlterTableCmd *newcmd; /* keep the statistics object's comment */ stmt->stxcomment = GetComment(oldId, StatisticExtRelationId, 0); newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddStatistics; newcmd->def = (Node *) stmt; tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_MISC] = lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_MISC], newcmd); } else elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement type: %d", (int) nodeTag(stm)); } relation_close(rel, NoLock); } /* * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse() to recreate any existing comment * for a table or domain constraint that is being rebuilt. * * objid is the OID of the constraint. * Pass "rel" for a table constraint, or "domname" (domain's qualified name * as a string list) for a domain constraint. * (We could dig that info, as well as the conname, out of the pg_constraint * entry; but callers already have them so might as well pass them.) */ static void RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, int pass, Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname, const char *conname) { CommentStmt *cmd; char *comment_str; AlterTableCmd *newcmd; /* Look for comment for object wanted, and leave if none */ comment_str = GetComment(objid, ConstraintRelationId, 0); if (comment_str == NULL) return; /* Build CommentStmt node, copying all input data for safety */ cmd = makeNode(CommentStmt); if (rel) { cmd->objtype = OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT; cmd->object = (Node *) list_make3(makeString(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel))), makeString(pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel))), makeString(pstrdup(conname))); } else { cmd->objtype = OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT; cmd->object = (Node *) list_make2(makeTypeNameFromNameList(copyObject(domname)), makeString(pstrdup(conname))); } cmd->comment = comment_str; /* Append it to list of commands */ newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddComment; newcmd->def = (Node *) cmd; tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], newcmd); } /* * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse(). Calls out to CheckIndexCompatible() * for the real analysis, then mutates the IndexStmt based on that verdict. */ static void TryReuseIndex(Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt) { if (CheckIndexCompatible(oldId, stmt->accessMethod, stmt->indexParams, stmt->excludeOpNames)) { Relation irel = index_open(oldId, NoLock); /* If it's a partitioned index, there is no storage to share. */ if (irel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) { stmt->oldNode = irel->rd_node.relNode; stmt->oldCreateSubid = irel->rd_createSubid; stmt->oldFirstRelfilenodeSubid = irel->rd_firstRelfilenodeSubid; } index_close(irel, NoLock); } } /* * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse(). * * Stash the old P-F equality operator into the Constraint node, for possible * use by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint() in determining whether revalidation of * this constraint can be skipped. */ static void TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con) { HeapTuple tup; Datum adatum; bool isNull; ArrayType *arr; Oid *rawarr; int numkeys; int i; Assert(con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN); Assert(con->old_conpfeqop == NIL); /* already prepared this node */ tup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", oldId); adatum = SysCacheGetAttr(CONSTROID, tup, Anum_pg_constraint_conpfeqop, &isNull); if (isNull) elog(ERROR, "null conpfeqop for constraint %u", oldId); arr = DatumGetArrayTypeP(adatum); /* ensure not toasted */ numkeys = ARR_DIMS(arr)[0]; /* test follows the one in ri_FetchConstraintInfo() */ if (ARR_NDIM(arr) != 1 || ARR_HASNULL(arr) || ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr) != OIDOID) elog(ERROR, "conpfeqop is not a 1-D Oid array"); rawarr = (Oid *) ARR_DATA_PTR(arr); /* stash a List of the operator Oids in our Constraint node */ for (i = 0; i < numkeys; i++) con->old_conpfeqop = lappend_oid(con->old_conpfeqop, rawarr[i]); ReleaseSysCache(tup); } /* * ALTER COLUMN .. OPTIONS ( ... ) * * Returns the address of the modified column */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation ftrel; Relation attrel; ForeignServer *server; ForeignDataWrapper *fdw; HeapTuple tuple; HeapTuple newtuple; bool isnull; Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute]; Datum datum; Form_pg_foreign_table fttableform; Form_pg_attribute atttableform; AttrNumber attnum; ObjectAddress address; if (options == NIL) return InvalidObjectAddress; /* First, determine FDW validator associated to the foreign table. */ ftrel = table_open(ForeignTableRelationId, AccessShareLock); tuple = SearchSysCache1(FOREIGNTABLEREL, rel->rd_id); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); fttableform = (Form_pg_foreign_table) GETSTRUCT(tuple); server = GetForeignServer(fttableform->ftserver); fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid); table_close(ftrel, AccessShareLock); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); attrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */ atttableform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = atttableform->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName))); /* Initialize buffers for new tuple values */ memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val)); memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); /* Extract the current options */ datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME, tuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions, &isnull); if (isnull) datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL); /* Transform the options */ datum = transformGenericOptions(AttributeRelationId, datum, options, fdw->fdwvalidator); if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(datum))) repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = datum; else repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true; repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true; /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */ newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(attrel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(attrel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), atttableform->attnum); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); table_close(attrel, RowExclusiveLock); heap_freetuple(newtuple); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE OWNER * * recursing is true if we are recursing from a table to its indexes, * sequences, or toast table. We don't allow the ownership of those things to * be changed separately from the parent table. Also, we can skip permission * checks (this is necessary not just an optimization, else we'd fail to * handle toast tables properly). * * recursing is also true if ALTER TYPE OWNER is calling us to fix up a * free-standing composite type. */ void ATExecChangeOwner(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation target_rel; Relation class_rel; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_class tuple_class; /* * Get exclusive lock till end of transaction on the target table. Use * relation_open so that we can work on indexes and sequences. */ target_rel = relation_open(relationOid, lockmode); /* Get its pg_class tuple, too */ class_rel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relationOid); tuple_class = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* Can we change the ownership of this tuple? */ switch (tuple_class->relkind) { case RELKIND_RELATION: case RELKIND_VIEW: case RELKIND_MATVIEW: case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE: case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE: /* ok to change owner */ break; case RELKIND_INDEX: if (!recursing) { /* * Because ALTER INDEX OWNER used to be allowed, and in fact * is generated by old versions of pg_dump, we give a warning * and do nothing rather than erroring out. Also, to avoid * unnecessary chatter while restoring those old dumps, say * nothing at all if the command would be a no-op anyway. */ if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId) ereport(WARNING, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change owner of index \"%s\"", NameStr(tuple_class->relname)), errhint("Change the ownership of the index's table, instead."))); /* quick hack to exit via the no-op path */ newOwnerId = tuple_class->relowner; } break; case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX: if (recursing) break; ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change owner of index \"%s\"", NameStr(tuple_class->relname)), errhint("Change the ownership of the index's table, instead."))); break; case RELKIND_SEQUENCE: if (!recursing && tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId) { /* if it's an owned sequence, disallow changing it by itself */ Oid tableId; int32 colId; if (sequenceIsOwned(relationOid, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, &tableId, &colId) || sequenceIsOwned(relationOid, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, &tableId, &colId)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot change owner of sequence \"%s\"", NameStr(tuple_class->relname)), errdetail("Sequence \"%s\" is linked to table \"%s\".", NameStr(tuple_class->relname), get_rel_name(tableId)))); } break; case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE: if (recursing) break; ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is a composite type", NameStr(tuple_class->relname)), errhint("Use ALTER TYPE instead."))); break; case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE: if (recursing) break; /* FALL THRU */ default: ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table, view, sequence, or foreign table", NameStr(tuple_class->relname)))); } /* * If the new owner is the same as the existing owner, consider the * command to have succeeded. This is for dump restoration purposes. */ if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId) { Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class]; Acl *newAcl; Datum aclDatum; bool isNull; HeapTuple newtuple; /* skip permission checks when recursing to index or toast table */ if (!recursing) { /* Superusers can always do it */ if (!superuser()) { Oid namespaceOid = tuple_class->relnamespace; AclResult aclresult; /* Otherwise, must be owner of the existing object */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relationOid, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relationOid)), RelationGetRelationName(target_rel)); /* Must be able to become new owner */ check_is_member_of_role(GetUserId(), newOwnerId); /* New owner must have CREATE privilege on namespace */ aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(namespaceOid, newOwnerId, ACL_CREATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA, get_namespace_name(namespaceOid)); } } memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = true; repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(newOwnerId); /* * Determine the modified ACL for the new owner. This is only * necessary when the ACL is non-null. */ aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_relacl, &isNull); if (!isNull) { newAcl = aclnewowner(DatumGetAclP(aclDatum), tuple_class->relowner, newOwnerId); repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true; repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl); } newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(class_rel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(class_rel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); heap_freetuple(newtuple); /* * We must similarly update any per-column ACLs to reflect the new * owner; for neatness reasons that's split out as a subroutine. */ change_owner_fix_column_acls(relationOid, tuple_class->relowner, newOwnerId); /* * Update owner dependency reference, if any. A composite type has * none, because it's tracked for the pg_type entry instead of here; * indexes and TOAST tables don't have their own entries either. */ if (tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE && tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE) changeDependencyOnOwner(RelationRelationId, relationOid, newOwnerId); /* * Also change the ownership of the table's row type, if it has one */ if (OidIsValid(tuple_class->reltype)) AlterTypeOwnerInternal(tuple_class->reltype, newOwnerId); /* * If we are operating on a table or materialized view, also change * the ownership of any indexes and sequences that belong to the * relation, as well as its toast table (if it has one). */ if (tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE || tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW || tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE) { List *index_oid_list; ListCell *i; /* Find all the indexes belonging to this relation */ index_oid_list = RelationGetIndexList(target_rel); /* For each index, recursively change its ownership */ foreach(i, index_oid_list) ATExecChangeOwner(lfirst_oid(i), newOwnerId, true, lockmode); list_free(index_oid_list); } /* If it has a toast table, recurse to change its ownership */ if (tuple_class->reltoastrelid != InvalidOid) ATExecChangeOwner(tuple_class->reltoastrelid, newOwnerId, true, lockmode); /* If it has dependent sequences, recurse to change them too */ change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(relationOid, newOwnerId, lockmode); } InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relationOid, 0); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); table_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock); relation_close(target_rel, NoLock); } /* * change_owner_fix_column_acls * * Helper function for ATExecChangeOwner. Scan the columns of the table * and fix any non-null column ACLs to reflect the new owner. */ static void change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId) { Relation attRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[1]; HeapTuple attributeTuple; attRelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid)); scan = systable_beginscan(attRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId, true, NULL, 1, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(attributeTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_attribute att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attributeTuple); Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute]; Acl *newAcl; Datum aclDatum; bool isNull; HeapTuple newtuple; /* Ignore dropped columns */ if (att->attisdropped) continue; aclDatum = heap_getattr(attributeTuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attacl, RelationGetDescr(attRelation), &isNull); /* Null ACLs do not require changes */ if (isNull) continue; memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); newAcl = aclnewowner(DatumGetAclP(aclDatum), oldOwnerId, newOwnerId); repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = true; repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl); newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(attributeTuple, RelationGetDescr(attRelation), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(attRelation, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); heap_freetuple(newtuple); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(attRelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * change_owner_recurse_to_sequences * * Helper function for ATExecChangeOwner. Examines pg_depend searching * for sequences that are dependent on serial columns, and changes their * ownership. */ static void change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation depRel; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[2]; HeapTuple tup; /* * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly). */ depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_refclassid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_refobjid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid)); /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */ scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true, NULL, 2, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend depForm = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(tup); Relation seqRel; /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */ if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 || depForm->classid != RelationRelationId || depForm->objsubid != 0 || !(depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_AUTO || depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL)) continue; /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */ seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode); /* skip non-sequence relations */ if (RelationGetForm(seqRel)->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE) { /* No need to keep the lock */ relation_close(seqRel, lockmode); continue; } /* We don't need to close the sequence while we alter it. */ ATExecChangeOwner(depForm->objid, newOwnerId, true, lockmode); /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */ relation_close(seqRel, NoLock); } systable_endscan(scan); relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE CLUSTER ON * * The only thing we have to do is to change the indisclustered bits. * * Return the address of the new clustering index. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid indexOid; ObjectAddress address; indexOid = get_relname_relid(indexName, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace); if (!OidIsValid(indexOid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist", indexName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Check index is valid to cluster on */ check_index_is_clusterable(rel, indexOid, false, lockmode); /* And do the work */ mark_index_clustered(rel, indexOid, false); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, indexOid); return address; } /* * ALTER TABLE SET WITHOUT CLUSTER * * We have to find any indexes on the table that have indisclustered bit * set and turn it off. */ static void ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) { mark_index_clustered(rel, InvalidOid, false); } /* * ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE */ static void ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid tablespaceId; /* Check that the tablespace exists */ tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(tablespacename, false); /* Check permissions except when moving to database's default */ if (OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace) { AclResult aclresult; aclresult = pg_tablespace_aclcheck(tablespaceId, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, tablespacename); } /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */ if (OidIsValid(tab->newTableSpace)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR), errmsg("cannot have multiple SET TABLESPACE subcommands"))); tab->newTableSpace = tablespaceId; } /* * Set, reset, or replace reloptions. */ static void ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid relid; Relation pgclass; HeapTuple tuple; HeapTuple newtuple; Datum datum; bool isnull; Datum newOptions; Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_class]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_class]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_class]; static char *validnsps[] = HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES; if (defList == NIL && operation != AT_ReplaceRelOptions) return; /* nothing to do */ pgclass = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* Fetch heap tuple */ relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid); if (operation == AT_ReplaceRelOptions) { /* * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just pretend * there were none before. */ datum = (Datum) 0; isnull = true; } else { /* Get the old reloptions */ datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions, &isnull); } /* Generate new proposed reloptions (text array) */ newOptions = transformRelOptions(isnull ? (Datum) 0 : datum, defList, NULL, validnsps, false, operation == AT_ResetRelOptions); /* Validate */ switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind) { case RELKIND_RELATION: case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE: case RELKIND_MATVIEW: (void) heap_reloptions(rel->rd_rel->relkind, newOptions, true); break; case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE: (void) partitioned_table_reloptions(newOptions, true); break; case RELKIND_VIEW: (void) view_reloptions(newOptions, true); break; case RELKIND_INDEX: case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX: (void) index_reloptions(rel->rd_indam->amoptions, newOptions, true); break; default: ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table, view, materialized view, index, or TOAST table", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); break; } /* Special-case validation of view options */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW) { Query *view_query = get_view_query(rel); List *view_options = untransformRelOptions(newOptions); ListCell *cell; bool check_option = false; foreach(cell, view_options) { DefElem *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(cell); if (strcmp(defel->defname, "check_option") == 0) check_option = true; } /* * If the check option is specified, look to see if the view is * actually auto-updatable or not. */ if (check_option) { const char *view_updatable_error = view_query_is_auto_updatable(view_query, true); if (view_updatable_error) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("WITH CHECK OPTION is supported only on automatically updatable views"), errhint("%s", _(view_updatable_error)))); } } /* * All we need do here is update the pg_class row; the new options will be * propagated into relcaches during post-commit cache inval. */ memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val)); memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); if (newOptions != (Datum) 0) repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions; else repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true; repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true; newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(pgclass), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); heap_freetuple(newtuple); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* repeat the whole exercise for the toast table, if there's one */ if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid)) { Relation toastrel; Oid toastid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid; toastrel = table_open(toastid, lockmode); /* Fetch heap tuple */ tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(toastid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", toastid); if (operation == AT_ReplaceRelOptions) { /* * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just * pretend there were none before. */ datum = (Datum) 0; isnull = true; } else { /* Get the old reloptions */ datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions, &isnull); } newOptions = transformRelOptions(isnull ? (Datum) 0 : datum, defList, "toast", validnsps, false, operation == AT_ResetRelOptions); (void) heap_reloptions(RELKIND_TOASTVALUE, newOptions, true); memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val)); memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); if (newOptions != (Datum) 0) repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions; else repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true; repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true; newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(pgclass), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(toastrel), 0, InvalidOid, true); heap_freetuple(newtuple); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); table_close(toastrel, NoLock); } table_close(pgclass, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Execute ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE for cases where there is no tuple * rewriting to be done, so we just want to copy the data as fast as possible. */ static void ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation rel; Oid reltoastrelid; Oid newrelfilenode; RelFileNode newrnode; List *reltoastidxids = NIL; ListCell *lc; /* * Need lock here in case we are recursing to toast table or index */ rel = relation_open(tableOid, lockmode); /* Check first if relation can be moved to new tablespace */ if (!CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpace)) { InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); relation_close(rel, NoLock); return; } reltoastrelid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid; /* Fetch the list of indexes on toast relation if necessary */ if (OidIsValid(reltoastrelid)) { Relation toastRel = relation_open(reltoastrelid, lockmode); reltoastidxids = RelationGetIndexList(toastRel); relation_close(toastRel, lockmode); } /* * Relfilenodes are not unique in databases across tablespaces, so we need * to allocate a new one in the new tablespace. */ newrelfilenode = GetNewRelFileNode(newTableSpace, NULL, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); /* Open old and new relation */ newrnode = rel->rd_node; newrnode.relNode = newrelfilenode; newrnode.spcNode = newTableSpace; /* hand off to AM to actually create the new filenode and copy the data */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX) { index_copy_data(rel, newrnode); } else { Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE); table_relation_copy_data(rel, &newrnode); } /* * Update the pg_class row. * * NB: This wouldn't work if ATExecSetTableSpace() were allowed to be * executed on pg_class or its indexes (the above copy wouldn't contain * the updated pg_class entry), but that's forbidden with * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(). */ SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, newrelfilenode); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); RelationAssumeNewRelfilenode(rel); relation_close(rel, NoLock); /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); /* Move associated toast relation and/or indexes, too */ if (OidIsValid(reltoastrelid)) ATExecSetTableSpace(reltoastrelid, newTableSpace, lockmode); foreach(lc, reltoastidxids) ATExecSetTableSpace(lfirst_oid(lc), newTableSpace, lockmode); /* Clean up */ list_free(reltoastidxids); } /* * Special handling of ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE for relations with no * storage that have an interest in preserving tablespace. * * Since these have no storage the tablespace can be updated with a simple * metadata only operation to update the tablespace. */ static void ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace) { /* * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in * phase 3. */ Assert(!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind)); /* check if relation can be moved to its new tablespace */ if (!CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpace)) { InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); return; } /* Update can be done, so change reltablespace */ SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, InvalidOid); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); } /* * Alter Table ALL ... SET TABLESPACE * * Allows a user to move all objects of some type in a given tablespace in the * current database to another tablespace. Objects can be chosen based on the * owner of the object also, to allow users to move only their objects. * The user must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, as usual. The main * permissions handling is done by the lower-level table move function. * * All to-be-moved objects are locked first. If NOWAIT is specified and the * lock can't be acquired then we ereport(ERROR). */ Oid AlterTableMoveAll(AlterTableMoveAllStmt *stmt) { List *relations = NIL; ListCell *l; ScanKeyData key[1]; Relation rel; TableScanDesc scan; HeapTuple tuple; Oid orig_tablespaceoid; Oid new_tablespaceoid; List *role_oids = roleSpecsToIds(stmt->roles); /* Ensure we were not asked to move something we can't */ if (stmt->objtype != OBJECT_TABLE && stmt->objtype != OBJECT_INDEX && stmt->objtype != OBJECT_MATVIEW) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("only tables, indexes, and materialized views exist in tablespaces"))); /* Get the orig and new tablespace OIDs */ orig_tablespaceoid = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->orig_tablespacename, false); new_tablespaceoid = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->new_tablespacename, false); /* Can't move shared relations in to or out of pg_global */ /* This is also checked by ATExecSetTableSpace, but nice to stop earlier */ if (orig_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID || new_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("cannot move relations in to or out of pg_global tablespace"))); /* * Must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, unless it is the * database default tablespace (which all users implicitly have CREATE * rights on). */ if (OidIsValid(new_tablespaceoid) && new_tablespaceoid != MyDatabaseTableSpace) { AclResult aclresult; aclresult = pg_tablespace_aclcheck(new_tablespaceoid, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, get_tablespace_name(new_tablespaceoid)); } /* * Now that the checks are done, check if we should set either to * InvalidOid because it is our database's default tablespace. */ if (orig_tablespaceoid == MyDatabaseTableSpace) orig_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid; if (new_tablespaceoid == MyDatabaseTableSpace) new_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid; /* no-op */ if (orig_tablespaceoid == new_tablespaceoid) return new_tablespaceoid; /* * Walk the list of objects in the tablespace and move them. This will * only find objects in our database, of course. */ ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_class_reltablespace, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(orig_tablespaceoid)); rel = table_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock); scan = table_beginscan_catalog(rel, 1, key); while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL) { Form_pg_class relForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); Oid relOid = relForm->oid; /* * Do not move objects in pg_catalog as part of this, if an admin * really wishes to do so, they can issue the individual ALTER * commands directly. * * Also, explicitly avoid any shared tables, temp tables, or TOAST * (TOAST will be moved with the main table). */ if (IsCatalogNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) || relForm->relisshared || isAnyTempNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) || IsToastNamespace(relForm->relnamespace)) continue; /* Only move the object type requested */ if ((stmt->objtype == OBJECT_TABLE && relForm->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) || (stmt->objtype == OBJECT_INDEX && relForm->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) || (stmt->objtype == OBJECT_MATVIEW && relForm->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW)) continue; /* Check if we are only moving objects owned by certain roles */ if (role_oids != NIL && !list_member_oid(role_oids, relForm->relowner)) continue; /* * Handle permissions-checking here since we are locking the tables * and also to avoid doing a bunch of work only to fail part-way. Note * that permissions will also be checked by AlterTableInternal(). * * Caller must be considered an owner on the table to move it. */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relOid, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relOid)), NameStr(relForm->relname)); if (stmt->nowait && !ConditionalLockRelationOid(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE), errmsg("aborting because lock on relation \"%s.%s\" is not available", get_namespace_name(relForm->relnamespace), NameStr(relForm->relname)))); else LockRelationOid(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock); /* Add to our list of objects to move */ relations = lappend_oid(relations, relOid); } table_endscan(scan); table_close(rel, AccessShareLock); if (relations == NIL) ereport(NOTICE, (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND), errmsg("no matching relations in tablespace \"%s\" found", orig_tablespaceoid == InvalidOid ? "(database default)" : get_tablespace_name(orig_tablespaceoid)))); /* Everything is locked, loop through and move all of the relations. */ foreach(l, relations) { List *cmds = NIL; AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd); cmd->subtype = AT_SetTableSpace; cmd->name = stmt->new_tablespacename; cmds = lappend(cmds, cmd); EventTriggerAlterTableStart((Node *) stmt); /* OID is set by AlterTableInternal */ AlterTableInternal(lfirst_oid(l), cmds, false); EventTriggerAlterTableEnd(); } return new_tablespaceoid; } static void index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileNode newrnode) { SMgrRelation dstrel; dstrel = smgropen(newrnode, rel->rd_backend); RelationOpenSmgr(rel); /* * Since we copy the file directly without looking at the shared buffers, * we'd better first flush out any pages of the source relation that are * in shared buffers. We assume no new changes will be made while we are * holding exclusive lock on the rel. */ FlushRelationBuffers(rel); /* * Create and copy all forks of the relation, and schedule unlinking of * old physical files. * * NOTE: any conflict in relfilenode value will be caught in * RelationCreateStorage(). */ RelationCreateStorage(newrnode, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); /* copy main fork */ RelationCopyStorage(rel->rd_smgr, dstrel, MAIN_FORKNUM, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); /* copy those extra forks that exist */ for (ForkNumber forkNum = MAIN_FORKNUM + 1; forkNum <= MAX_FORKNUM; forkNum++) { if (smgrexists(rel->rd_smgr, forkNum)) { smgrcreate(dstrel, forkNum, false); /* * WAL log creation if the relation is persistent, or this is the * init fork of an unlogged relation. */ if (RelationIsPermanent(rel) || (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED && forkNum == INIT_FORKNUM)) log_smgrcreate(&newrnode, forkNum); RelationCopyStorage(rel->rd_smgr, dstrel, forkNum, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence); } } /* drop old relation, and close new one */ RelationDropStorage(rel); smgrclose(dstrel); } /* * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER * * We just pass this off to trigger.c. */ static void ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname, char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode) { EnableDisableTriggerNew(rel, trigname, fires_when, skip_system, recurse, lockmode); } /* * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE RULE * * We just pass this off to rewriteDefine.c. */ static void ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename, char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode) { EnableDisableRule(rel, rulename, fires_when); } /* * ALTER TABLE INHERIT * * Add a parent to the child's parents. This verifies that all the columns and * check constraints of the parent appear in the child and that they have the * same data types and expressions. */ static void ATPrepAddInherit(Relation child_rel) { if (child_rel->rd_rel->reloftype) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change inheritance of typed table"))); if (child_rel->rd_rel->relispartition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change inheritance of a partition"))); if (child_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change inheritance of partitioned table"))); } /* * Return the address of the new parent relation. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation parent_rel; List *children; ObjectAddress address; const char *trigger_name; /* * A self-exclusive lock is needed here. See the similar case in * MergeAttributes() for a full explanation. */ parent_rel = table_openrv(parent, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); /* * Must be owner of both parent and child -- child was checked by * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd */ ATSimplePermissions(parent_rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)))); /* If parent rel is temp, it must belong to this session */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && !parent_rel->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session"))); /* Ditto for the child */ if (child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && !child_rel->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit to temporary relation of another session"))); /* Prevent partitioned tables from becoming inheritance parents */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from partitioned table \"%s\"", parent->relname))); /* Likewise for partitions */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relispartition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot inherit from a partition"))); /* * Prevent circularity by seeing if proposed parent inherits from child. * (In particular, this disallows making a rel inherit from itself.) * * This is not completely bulletproof because of race conditions: in * multi-level inheritance trees, someone else could concurrently be * making another inheritance link that closes the loop but does not join * either of the rels we have locked. Preventing that seems to require * exclusive locks on the entire inheritance tree, which is a cure worse * than the disease. find_all_inheritors() will cope with circularity * anyway, so don't sweat it too much. * * We use weakest lock we can on child's children, namely AccessShareLock. */ children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), AccessShareLock, NULL); if (list_member_oid(children, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("circular inheritance not allowed"), errdetail("\"%s\" is already a child of \"%s\".", parent->relname, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)))); /* * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we * currently don't allow it to become an inheritance child. See also * prohibitions in ATExecAttachPartition() and CreateTrigger(). */ trigger_name = FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(child_rel->trigdesc); if (trigger_name != NULL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("trigger \"%s\" prevents table \"%s\" from becoming an inheritance child", trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)), errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported in inheritance hierarchies."))); /* OK to create inheritance */ CreateInheritance(child_rel, parent_rel); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)); /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */ table_close(parent_rel, NoLock); return address; } /* * CreateInheritance * Catalog manipulation portion of creating inheritance between a child * table and a parent table. * * Common to ATExecAddInherit() and ATExecAttachPartition(). */ static void CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) { Relation catalogRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key; HeapTuple inheritsTuple; int32 inhseqno; /* Note: get RowExclusiveLock because we will write pg_inherits below. */ catalogRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Check for duplicates in the list of parents, and determine the highest * inhseqno already present; we'll use the next one for the new parent. * Also, if proposed child is a partition, it cannot already be * inheriting. * * Note: we do not reject the case where the child already inherits from * the parent indirectly; CREATE TABLE doesn't reject comparable cases. */ ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); /* inhseqno sequences start at 1 */ inhseqno = 0; while (HeapTupleIsValid(inheritsTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_inherits inh = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inheritsTuple); if (inh->inhparent == RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" would be inherited from more than once", RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)))); if (inh->inhseqno > inhseqno) inhseqno = inh->inhseqno; } systable_endscan(scan); /* Match up the columns and bump attinhcount as needed */ MergeAttributesIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel); /* Match up the constraints and bump coninhcount as needed */ MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel); /* * OK, it looks valid. Make the catalog entries that show inheritance. */ StoreCatalogInheritance1(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), inhseqno + 1, catalogRelation, parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE); /* Now we're done with pg_inherits */ table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Obtain the source-text form of the constraint expression for a check * constraint, given its pg_constraint tuple */ static char * decompile_conbin(HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc) { Form_pg_constraint con; bool isnull; Datum attr; Datum expr; con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup); attr = heap_getattr(contup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin, tupdesc, &isnull); if (isnull) elog(ERROR, "null conbin for constraint %u", con->oid); expr = DirectFunctionCall2(pg_get_expr, attr, ObjectIdGetDatum(con->conrelid)); return TextDatumGetCString(expr); } /* * Determine whether two check constraints are functionally equivalent * * The test we apply is to see whether they reverse-compile to the same * source string. This insulates us from issues like whether attributes * have the same physical column numbers in parent and child relations. */ static bool constraints_equivalent(HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc) { Form_pg_constraint acon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(a); Form_pg_constraint bcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(b); if (acon->condeferrable != bcon->condeferrable || acon->condeferred != bcon->condeferred || strcmp(decompile_conbin(a, tupleDesc), decompile_conbin(b, tupleDesc)) != 0) return false; else return true; } /* * Check columns in child table match up with columns in parent, and increment * their attinhcount. * * Called by CreateInheritance * * Currently all parent columns must be found in child. Missing columns are an * error. One day we might consider creating new columns like CREATE TABLE * does. However, that is widely unpopular --- in the common use case of * partitioned tables it's a foot-gun. * * The data type must match exactly. If the parent column is NOT NULL then * the child must be as well. Defaults are not compared, however. */ static void MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) { Relation attrrel; AttrNumber parent_attno; int parent_natts; TupleDesc tupleDesc; HeapTuple tuple; bool child_is_partition = false; attrrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel); parent_natts = tupleDesc->natts; /* If parent_rel is a partitioned table, child_rel must be a partition */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) child_is_partition = true; for (parent_attno = 1; parent_attno <= parent_natts; parent_attno++) { Form_pg_attribute attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, parent_attno - 1); char *attributeName = NameStr(attribute->attname); /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */ if (attribute->attisdropped) continue; /* Find same column in child (matching on column name). */ tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), attributeName); if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) { /* Check they are same type, typmod, and collation */ Form_pg_attribute childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (attribute->atttypid != childatt->atttypid || attribute->atttypmod != childatt->atttypmod) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), attributeName))); if (attribute->attcollation != childatt->attcollation) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different collation for column \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), attributeName))); /* * Check child doesn't discard NOT NULL property. (Other * constraints are checked elsewhere.) */ if (attribute->attnotnull && !childatt->attnotnull) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table must be marked NOT NULL", attributeName))); /* * If parent column is generated, child column must be, too. */ if (attribute->attgenerated && !childatt->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table must be a generated column", attributeName))); /* * Check that both generation expressions match. * * The test we apply is to see whether they reverse-compile to the * same source string. This insulates us from issues like whether * attributes have the same physical column numbers in parent and * child relations. (See also constraints_equivalent().) */ if (attribute->attgenerated && childatt->attgenerated) { TupleConstr *child_constr = child_rel->rd_att->constr; TupleConstr *parent_constr = parent_rel->rd_att->constr; char *child_expr = NULL; char *parent_expr = NULL; Assert(child_constr != NULL); Assert(parent_constr != NULL); for (int i = 0; i < child_constr->num_defval; i++) { if (child_constr->defval[i].adnum == childatt->attnum) { child_expr = TextDatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall2(pg_get_expr, CStringGetTextDatum(child_constr->defval[i].adbin), ObjectIdGetDatum(child_rel->rd_id))); break; } } Assert(child_expr != NULL); for (int i = 0; i < parent_constr->num_defval; i++) { if (parent_constr->defval[i].adnum == attribute->attnum) { parent_expr = TextDatumGetCString(DirectFunctionCall2(pg_get_expr, CStringGetTextDatum(parent_constr->defval[i].adbin), ObjectIdGetDatum(parent_rel->rd_id))); break; } } Assert(parent_expr != NULL); if (strcmp(child_expr, parent_expr) != 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table has a conflicting generation expression", attributeName))); } /* * OK, bump the child column's inheritance count. (If we fail * later on, this change will just roll back.) */ childatt->attinhcount++; /* * In case of partitions, we must enforce that value of attislocal * is same in all partitions. (Note: there are only inherited * attributes in partitions) */ if (child_is_partition) { Assert(childatt->attinhcount == 1); childatt->attislocal = false; } CatalogTupleUpdate(attrrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); heap_freetuple(tuple); } else { ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table is missing column \"%s\"", attributeName))); } } table_close(attrrel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Check constraints in child table match up with constraints in parent, * and increment their coninhcount. * * Constraints that are marked ONLY in the parent are ignored. * * Called by CreateInheritance * * Currently all constraints in parent must be present in the child. One day we * may consider adding new constraints like CREATE TABLE does. * * XXX This is O(N^2) which may be an issue with tables with hundreds of * constraints. As long as tables have more like 10 constraints it shouldn't be * a problem though. Even 100 constraints ought not be the end of the world. * * XXX See MergeWithExistingConstraint too if you change this code. */ static void MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) { Relation catalog_relation; TupleDesc tuple_desc; SysScanDesc parent_scan; ScanKeyData parent_key; HeapTuple parent_tuple; bool child_is_partition = false; catalog_relation = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple_desc = RelationGetDescr(catalog_relation); /* If parent_rel is a partitioned table, child_rel must be a partition */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) child_is_partition = true; /* Outer loop scans through the parent's constraint definitions */ ScanKeyInit(&parent_key, Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel))); parent_scan = systable_beginscan(catalog_relation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &parent_key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(parent_tuple = systable_getnext(parent_scan))) { Form_pg_constraint parent_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parent_tuple); SysScanDesc child_scan; ScanKeyData child_key; HeapTuple child_tuple; bool found = false; if (parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK) continue; /* if the parent's constraint is marked NO INHERIT, it's not inherited */ if (parent_con->connoinherit) continue; /* Search for a child constraint matching this one */ ScanKeyInit(&child_key, Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel))); child_scan = systable_beginscan(catalog_relation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &child_key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(child_tuple = systable_getnext(child_scan))) { Form_pg_constraint child_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(child_tuple); HeapTuple child_copy; if (child_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK) continue; if (strcmp(NameStr(parent_con->conname), NameStr(child_con->conname)) != 0) continue; if (!constraints_equivalent(parent_tuple, child_tuple, tuple_desc)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different definition for check constraint \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), NameStr(parent_con->conname)))); /* If the child constraint is "no inherit" then cannot merge */ if (child_con->connoinherit) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" conflicts with non-inherited constraint on child table \"%s\"", NameStr(child_con->conname), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)))); /* * If the child constraint is "not valid" then cannot merge with a * valid parent constraint */ if (parent_con->convalidated && !child_con->convalidated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("constraint \"%s\" conflicts with NOT VALID constraint on child table \"%s\"", NameStr(child_con->conname), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)))); /* * OK, bump the child constraint's inheritance count. (If we fail * later on, this change will just roll back.) */ child_copy = heap_copytuple(child_tuple); child_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(child_copy); child_con->coninhcount++; /* * In case of partitions, an inherited constraint must be * inherited only once since it cannot have multiple parents and * it is never considered local. */ if (child_is_partition) { Assert(child_con->coninhcount == 1); child_con->conislocal = false; } CatalogTupleUpdate(catalog_relation, &child_copy->t_self, child_copy); heap_freetuple(child_copy); found = true; break; } systable_endscan(child_scan); if (!found) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("child table is missing constraint \"%s\"", NameStr(parent_con->conname)))); } systable_endscan(parent_scan); table_close(catalog_relation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE NO INHERIT * * Return value is the address of the relation that is no longer parent. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode) { ObjectAddress address; Relation parent_rel; if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot change inheritance of a partition"))); /* * AccessShareLock on the parent is probably enough, seeing that DROP * TABLE doesn't lock parent tables at all. We need some lock since we'll * be inspecting the parent's schema. */ parent_rel = table_openrv(parent, AccessShareLock); /* * We don't bother to check ownership of the parent table --- ownership of * the child is presumed enough rights. */ /* Off to RemoveInheritance() where most of the work happens */ RemoveInheritance(rel, parent_rel, false); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)); /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */ table_close(parent_rel, NoLock); return address; } /* * MarkInheritDetached * * Set inhdetachpending for a partition, for ATExecDetachPartition * in concurrent mode. While at it, verify that no other partition is * already pending detach. */ static void MarkInheritDetached(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel) { Relation catalogRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key; HeapTuple inheritsTuple; bool found = false; Assert(parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE); /* * Find pg_inherits entries by inhparent. (We need to scan them all in * order to verify that no other partition is pending detach.) */ catalogRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(inheritsTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_inherits inhForm; inhForm = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inheritsTuple); if (inhForm->inhdetachpending) ereport(ERROR, errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("partition \"%s\" already pending detach in partitioned table \"%s.%s\"", get_rel_name(inhForm->inhrelid), get_namespace_name(parent_rel->rd_rel->relnamespace), RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)), errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation.")); if (inhForm->inhrelid == RelationGetRelid(child_rel)) { HeapTuple newtup; newtup = heap_copytuple(inheritsTuple); ((Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(newtup))->inhdetachpending = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation, &inheritsTuple->t_self, newtup); found = true; heap_freetuple(newtup); /* keep looking, to ensure we catch others pending detach */ } } /* Done */ systable_endscan(scan); table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock); if (!found) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a partition of relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)))); } /* * RemoveInheritance * * Drop a parent from the child's parents. This just adjusts the attinhcount * and attislocal of the columns and removes the pg_inherit and pg_depend * entries. expect_detached is passed down to DeleteInheritsTuple, q.v.. * * If attinhcount goes to 0 then attislocal gets set to true. If it goes back * up attislocal stays true, which means if a child is ever removed from a * parent then its columns will never be automatically dropped which may * surprise. But at least we'll never surprise by dropping columns someone * isn't expecting to be dropped which would actually mean data loss. * * coninhcount and conislocal for inherited constraints are adjusted in * exactly the same way. * * Common to ATExecDropInherit() and ATExecDetachPartition(). */ static void RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached) { Relation catalogRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[3]; HeapTuple attributeTuple, constraintTuple; List *connames; bool found; bool child_is_partition = false; /* If parent_rel is a partitioned table, child_rel must be a partition */ if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) child_is_partition = true; found = DeleteInheritsTuple(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), expect_detached, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)); if (!found) { if (child_is_partition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a partition of relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a parent of relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)))); } /* * Search through child columns looking for ones matching parent rel */ catalogRelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId, true, NULL, 1, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(attributeTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_attribute att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attributeTuple); /* Ignore if dropped or not inherited */ if (att->attisdropped) continue; if (att->attinhcount <= 0) continue; if (SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), NameStr(att->attname))) { /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */ HeapTuple copyTuple = heap_copytuple(attributeTuple); Form_pg_attribute copy_att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); copy_att->attinhcount--; if (copy_att->attinhcount == 0) copy_att->attislocal = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation, ©Tuple->t_self, copyTuple); heap_freetuple(copyTuple); } } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock); /* * Likewise, find inherited check constraints and disinherit them. To do * this, we first need a list of the names of the parent's check * constraints. (We cheat a bit by only checking for name matches, * assuming that the expressions will match.) */ catalogRelation = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, key); connames = NIL; while (HeapTupleIsValid(constraintTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constraintTuple); if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK) connames = lappend(connames, pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname))); } systable_endscan(scan); /* Now scan the child's constraints */ ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(constraintTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constraintTuple); bool match; ListCell *lc; if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK) continue; match = false; foreach(lc, connames) { if (strcmp(NameStr(con->conname), (char *) lfirst(lc)) == 0) { match = true; break; } } if (match) { /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */ HeapTuple copyTuple = heap_copytuple(constraintTuple); Form_pg_constraint copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple); if (copy_con->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited constraint \"%s\"", RelationGetRelid(child_rel), NameStr(copy_con->conname)); copy_con->coninhcount--; if (copy_con->coninhcount == 0) copy_con->conislocal = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation, ©Tuple->t_self, copyTuple); heap_freetuple(copyTuple); } } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock); drop_parent_dependency(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), child_dependency_type(child_is_partition)); /* * Post alter hook of this inherits. Since object_access_hook doesn't take * multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent relation using * auxiliary_id argument. */ InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId, RelationGetRelid(child_rel), 0, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), false); } /* * Drop the dependency created by StoreCatalogInheritance1 (CREATE TABLE * INHERITS/ALTER TABLE INHERIT -- refclassid will be RelationRelationId) or * heap_create_with_catalog (CREATE TABLE OF/ALTER TABLE OF -- refclassid will * be TypeRelationId). There's no convenient way to do this, so go trawling * through pg_depend. */ static void drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid, DependencyType deptype) { Relation catalogRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[3]; HeapTuple depTuple; catalogRelation = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_classid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_objid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); ScanKeyInit(&key[2], Anum_pg_depend_objsubid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ, Int32GetDatum(0)); scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, DependDependerIndexId, true, NULL, 3, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend dep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTuple); if (dep->refclassid == refclassid && dep->refobjid == refobjid && dep->refobjsubid == 0 && dep->deptype == deptype) CatalogTupleDelete(catalogRelation, &depTuple->t_self); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE OF * * Attach a table to a composite type, as though it had been created with CREATE * TABLE OF. All attname, atttypid, atttypmod and attcollation must match. The * subject table must not have inheritance parents. These restrictions ensure * that you cannot create a configuration impossible with CREATE TABLE OF alone. * * The address of the type is returned. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); Type typetuple; Form_pg_type typeform; Oid typeid; Relation inheritsRelation, relationRelation; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key; AttrNumber table_attno, type_attno; TupleDesc typeTupleDesc, tableTupleDesc; ObjectAddress tableobj, typeobj; HeapTuple classtuple; /* Validate the type. */ typetuple = typenameType(NULL, ofTypename, NULL); check_of_type(typetuple); typeform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typetuple); typeid = typeform->oid; /* Fail if the table has any inheritance parents. */ inheritsRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("typed tables cannot inherit"))); systable_endscan(scan); table_close(inheritsRelation, AccessShareLock); /* * Check the tuple descriptors for compatibility. Unlike inheritance, we * require that the order also match. However, attnotnull need not match. */ typeTupleDesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(typeid, -1); tableTupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel); table_attno = 1; for (type_attno = 1; type_attno <= typeTupleDesc->natts; type_attno++) { Form_pg_attribute type_attr, table_attr; const char *type_attname, *table_attname; /* Get the next non-dropped type attribute. */ type_attr = TupleDescAttr(typeTupleDesc, type_attno - 1); if (type_attr->attisdropped) continue; type_attname = NameStr(type_attr->attname); /* Get the next non-dropped table attribute. */ do { if (table_attno > tableTupleDesc->natts) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("table is missing column \"%s\"", type_attname))); table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc, table_attno - 1); table_attno++; } while (table_attr->attisdropped); table_attname = NameStr(table_attr->attname); /* Compare name. */ if (strncmp(table_attname, type_attname, NAMEDATALEN) != 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("table has column \"%s\" where type requires \"%s\"", table_attname, type_attname))); /* Compare type. */ if (table_attr->atttypid != type_attr->atttypid || table_attr->atttypmod != type_attr->atttypmod || table_attr->attcollation != type_attr->attcollation) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), type_attname))); } DecrTupleDescRefCount(typeTupleDesc); /* Any remaining columns at the end of the table had better be dropped. */ for (; table_attno <= tableTupleDesc->natts; table_attno++) { Form_pg_attribute table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc, table_attno - 1); if (!table_attr->attisdropped) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("table has extra column \"%s\"", NameStr(table_attr->attname)))); } /* If the table was already typed, drop the existing dependency. */ if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype) drop_parent_dependency(relid, TypeRelationId, rel->rd_rel->reloftype, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL); /* Record a dependency on the new type. */ tableobj.classId = RelationRelationId; tableobj.objectId = relid; tableobj.objectSubId = 0; typeobj.classId = TypeRelationId; typeobj.objectId = typeid; typeobj.objectSubId = 0; recordDependencyOn(&tableobj, &typeobj, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL); /* Update pg_class.reloftype */ relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); classtuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(classtuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid); ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(classtuple))->reloftype = typeid; CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &classtuple->t_self, classtuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0); heap_freetuple(classtuple); table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock); ReleaseSysCache(typetuple); return typeobj; } /* * ALTER TABLE NOT OF * * Detach a typed table from its originating type. Just clear reloftype and * remove the dependency. */ static void ATExecDropOf(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); Relation relationRelation; HeapTuple tuple; if (!OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reloftype)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a typed table", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* * We don't bother to check ownership of the type --- ownership of the * table is presumed enough rights. No lock required on the type, either. */ drop_parent_dependency(relid, TypeRelationId, rel->rd_rel->reloftype, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL); /* Clear pg_class.reloftype */ relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid); ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->reloftype = InvalidOid; CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * relation_mark_replica_identity: Update a table's replica identity * * Iff ri_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX, indexOid must be the Oid of a suitable * index. Otherwise, it should be InvalidOid. */ static void relation_mark_replica_identity(Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid, bool is_internal) { Relation pg_index; Relation pg_class; HeapTuple pg_class_tuple; HeapTuple pg_index_tuple; Form_pg_class pg_class_form; Form_pg_index pg_index_form; ListCell *index; /* * Check whether relreplident has changed, and update it if so. */ pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); pg_class_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(pg_class_tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel)); pg_class_form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(pg_class_tuple); if (pg_class_form->relreplident != ri_type) { pg_class_form->relreplident = ri_type; CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &pg_class_tuple->t_self, pg_class_tuple); } table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock); heap_freetuple(pg_class_tuple); /* * Check whether the correct index is marked indisreplident; if so, we're * done. */ if (OidIsValid(indexOid)) { Assert(ri_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX); pg_index_tuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(pg_index_tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexOid); pg_index_form = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(pg_index_tuple); if (pg_index_form->indisreplident) { ReleaseSysCache(pg_index_tuple); return; } ReleaseSysCache(pg_index_tuple); } /* * Clear the indisreplident flag from any index that had it previously, * and set it for any index that should have it now. */ pg_index = table_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel)) { Oid thisIndexOid = lfirst_oid(index); bool dirty = false; pg_index_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(thisIndexOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(pg_index_tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", thisIndexOid); pg_index_form = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(pg_index_tuple); /* * Unset the bit if set. We know it's wrong because we checked this * earlier. */ if (pg_index_form->indisreplident) { dirty = true; pg_index_form->indisreplident = false; } else if (thisIndexOid == indexOid) { dirty = true; pg_index_form->indisreplident = true; } if (dirty) { CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_index, &pg_index_tuple->t_self, pg_index_tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(IndexRelationId, thisIndexOid, 0, InvalidOid, is_internal); /* * Invalidate the relcache for the table, so that after we commit * all sessions will refresh the table's replica identity index * before attempting any UPDATE or DELETE on the table. */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); } heap_freetuple(pg_index_tuple); } table_close(pg_index, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE REPLICA IDENTITY ... */ static void ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Oid indexOid; Relation indexRel; int key; if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_DEFAULT) { relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true); return; } else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL) { relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true); return; } else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_NOTHING) { relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true); return; } else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX) { /* fallthrough */ ; } else elog(ERROR, "unexpected identity type %u", stmt->identity_type); /* Check that the index exists */ indexOid = get_relname_relid(stmt->name, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace); if (!OidIsValid(indexOid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist", stmt->name, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); indexRel = index_open(indexOid, ShareLock); /* Check that the index is on the relation we're altering. */ if (indexRel->rd_index == NULL || indexRel->rd_index->indrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index for table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* The AM must support uniqueness, and the index must in fact be unique. */ if (!indexRel->rd_indam->amcanunique || !indexRel->rd_index->indisunique) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot use non-unique index \"%s\" as replica identity", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)))); /* Deferred indexes are not guaranteed to be always unique. */ if (!indexRel->rd_index->indimmediate) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot use non-immediate index \"%s\" as replica identity", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)))); /* Expression indexes aren't supported. */ if (RelationGetIndexExpressions(indexRel) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot use expression index \"%s\" as replica identity", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)))); /* Predicate indexes aren't supported. */ if (RelationGetIndexPredicate(indexRel) != NIL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot use partial index \"%s\" as replica identity", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)))); /* And neither are invalid indexes. */ if (!indexRel->rd_index->indisvalid) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot use invalid index \"%s\" as replica identity", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)))); /* Check index for nullable columns. */ for (key = 0; key < IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes(indexRel); key++) { int16 attno = indexRel->rd_index->indkey.values[key]; Form_pg_attribute attr; /* * Reject any other system columns. (Going forward, we'll disallow * indexes containing such columns in the first place, but they might * exist in older branches.) */ if (attno <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE), errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column %d is a system column", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), attno))); attr = TupleDescAttr(rel->rd_att, attno - 1); if (!attr->attnotnull) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column \"%s\" is nullable", RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), NameStr(attr->attname)))); } /* This index is suitable for use as a replica identity. Mark it. */ relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, indexOid, true); index_close(indexRel, NoLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ROW LEVEL SECURITY */ static void ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls) { Relation pg_class; Oid relid; HeapTuple tuple; relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); /* Pull the record for this relation and update it */ pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid); ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relrowsecurity = rls; CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple); table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock); heap_freetuple(tuple); } /* * ALTER TABLE FORCE/NO FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY */ static void ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls) { Relation pg_class; Oid relid; HeapTuple tuple; relid = RelationGetRelid(rel); pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid); ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relforcerowsecurity = force_rls; CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple); table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock); heap_freetuple(tuple); } /* * ALTER FOREIGN TABLE OPTIONS (...) */ static void ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options) { Relation ftrel; ForeignServer *server; ForeignDataWrapper *fdw; HeapTuple tuple; bool isnull; Datum repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_table]; bool repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_table]; bool repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_table]; Datum datum; Form_pg_foreign_table tableform; if (options == NIL) return; ftrel = table_open(ForeignTableRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNTABLEREL, rel->rd_id); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); tableform = (Form_pg_foreign_table) GETSTRUCT(tuple); server = GetForeignServer(tableform->ftserver); fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid); memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val)); memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null)); memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl)); /* Extract the current options */ datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNTABLEREL, tuple, Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions, &isnull); if (isnull) datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL); /* Transform the options */ datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignTableRelationId, datum, options, fdw->fdwvalidator); if (PointerIsValid(DatumGetPointer(datum))) repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = datum; else repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true; repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true; /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */ tuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(ftrel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl); CatalogTupleUpdate(ftrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); /* * Invalidate relcache so that all sessions will refresh any cached plans * that might depend on the old options. */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignTableRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0); table_close(ftrel, RowExclusiveLock); heap_freetuple(tuple); } /* * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET COMPRESSION * * Return value is the address of the modified column */ static ObjectAddress ATExecSetCompression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation attrel; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_attribute atttableform; AttrNumber attnum; char *compression; char cmethod; ObjectAddress address; Assert(IsA(newValue, String)); compression = strVal(newValue); attrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); /* copy the cache entry so we can scribble on it below */ tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), column); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist", column, RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* prevent them from altering a system attribute */ atttableform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple); attnum = atttableform->attnum; if (attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", column))); /* * Check that column type is compressible, then get the attribute * compression method code */ cmethod = GetAttributeCompression(atttableform->atttypid, compression); /* update pg_attribute entry */ atttableform->attcompression = cmethod; CatalogTupleUpdate(attrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); /* * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns, * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()). */ SetIndexStorageProperties(rel, attrel, attnum, false, 0, true, cmethod, lockmode); heap_freetuple(tuple); table_close(attrel, RowExclusiveLock); /* make changes visible */ CommandCounterIncrement(); ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum); return address; } /* * Preparation phase for SET LOGGED/UNLOGGED * * This verifies that we're not trying to change a temp table. Also, * existing foreign key constraints are checked to avoid ending up with * permanent tables referencing unlogged tables. * * Return value is false if the operation is a no-op (in which case the * checks are skipped), otherwise true. */ static bool ATPrepChangePersistence(Relation rel, bool toLogged) { Relation pg_constraint; HeapTuple tuple; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData skey[1]; /* * Disallow changing status for a temp table. Also verify whether we can * get away with doing nothing; in such cases we don't need to run the * checks below, either. */ switch (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence) { case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP: ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot change logged status of table \"%s\" because it is temporary", RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errtable(rel))); break; case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT: if (toLogged) /* nothing to do */ return false; break; case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED: if (!toLogged) /* nothing to do */ return false; break; } /* * Check that the table is not part any publication when changing to * UNLOGGED as UNLOGGED tables can't be published. */ if (!toLogged && list_length(GetRelationPublications(RelationGetRelid(rel))) > 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot change table \"%s\" to unlogged because it is part of a publication", RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errdetail("Unlogged relations cannot be replicated."))); /* * Check existing foreign key constraints to preserve the invariant that * permanent tables cannot reference unlogged ones. Self-referencing * foreign keys can safely be ignored. */ pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock); /* * Scan conrelid if changing to permanent, else confrelid. This also * determines whether a useful index exists. */ ScanKeyInit(&skey[0], toLogged ? Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid : Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint, toLogged ? ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId : InvalidOid, true, NULL, 1, skey); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN) { Oid foreignrelid; Relation foreignrel; /* the opposite end of what we used as scankey */ foreignrelid = toLogged ? con->confrelid : con->conrelid; /* ignore if self-referencing */ if (RelationGetRelid(rel) == foreignrelid) continue; foreignrel = relation_open(foreignrelid, AccessShareLock); if (toLogged) { if (!RelationIsPermanent(foreignrel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("could not change table \"%s\" to logged because it references unlogged table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)), errtableconstraint(rel, NameStr(con->conname)))); } else { if (RelationIsPermanent(foreignrel)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION), errmsg("could not change table \"%s\" to unlogged because it references logged table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel), RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)), errtableconstraint(rel, NameStr(con->conname)))); } relation_close(foreignrel, AccessShareLock); } } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(pg_constraint, AccessShareLock); return true; } /* * Execute ALTER TABLE SET SCHEMA */ ObjectAddress AlterTableNamespace(AlterObjectSchemaStmt *stmt, Oid *oldschema) { Relation rel; Oid relid; Oid oldNspOid; Oid nspOid; RangeVar *newrv; ObjectAddresses *objsMoved; ObjectAddress myself; relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock, stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0, RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation, (void *) stmt); if (!OidIsValid(relid)) { ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping", stmt->relation->relname))); return InvalidObjectAddress; } rel = relation_open(relid, NoLock); oldNspOid = RelationGetNamespace(rel); /* If it's an owned sequence, disallow moving it by itself. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE) { Oid tableId; int32 colId; if (sequenceIsOwned(relid, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, &tableId, &colId) || sequenceIsOwned(relid, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, &tableId, &colId)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("cannot move an owned sequence into another schema"), errdetail("Sequence \"%s\" is linked to table \"%s\".", RelationGetRelationName(rel), get_rel_name(tableId)))); } /* Get and lock schema OID and check its permissions. */ newrv = makeRangeVar(stmt->newschema, RelationGetRelationName(rel), -1); nspOid = RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(newrv, NoLock, NULL); /* common checks on switching namespaces */ CheckSetNamespace(oldNspOid, nspOid); objsMoved = new_object_addresses(); AlterTableNamespaceInternal(rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved); free_object_addresses(objsMoved); ObjectAddressSet(myself, RelationRelationId, relid); if (oldschema) *oldschema = oldNspOid; /* close rel, but keep lock until commit */ relation_close(rel, NoLock); return myself; } /* * The guts of relocating a table or materialized view to another namespace: * besides moving the relation itself, its dependent objects are relocated to * the new schema. */ void AlterTableNamespaceInternal(Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) { Relation classRel; Assert(objsMoved != NULL); /* OK, modify the pg_class row and pg_depend entry */ classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, RelationGetRelid(rel), oldNspOid, nspOid, true, objsMoved); /* Fix the table's row type too, if it has one */ if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltype)) AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(rel->rd_rel->reltype, nspOid, false, false, objsMoved); /* Fix other dependent stuff */ if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW || rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { AlterIndexNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved); AlterSeqNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved, AccessExclusiveLock); AlterConstraintNamespaces(RelationGetRelid(rel), oldNspOid, nspOid, false, objsMoved); } table_close(classRel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * The guts of relocating a relation to another namespace: fix the pg_class * entry, and the pg_depend entry if any. Caller must already have * opened and write-locked pg_class. */ void AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(Relation classRel, Oid relOid, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, bool hasDependEntry, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) { HeapTuple classTup; Form_pg_class classForm; ObjectAddress thisobj; bool already_done = false; classTup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(classTup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relOid); classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(classTup); Assert(classForm->relnamespace == oldNspOid); thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId; thisobj.objectId = relOid; thisobj.objectSubId = 0; /* * If the object has already been moved, don't move it again. If it's * already in the right place, don't move it, but still fire the object * access hook. */ already_done = object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved); if (!already_done && oldNspOid != newNspOid) { /* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */ if (get_relname_relid(NameStr(classForm->relname), newNspOid) != InvalidOid) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("relation \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"", NameStr(classForm->relname), get_namespace_name(newNspOid)))); /* classTup is a copy, so OK to scribble on */ classForm->relnamespace = newNspOid; CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &classTup->t_self, classTup); /* Update dependency on schema if caller said so */ if (hasDependEntry && changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId, relOid, NamespaceRelationId, oldNspOid, newNspOid) != 1) elog(ERROR, "failed to change schema dependency for relation \"%s\"", NameStr(classForm->relname)); } if (!already_done) { add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved); InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relOid, 0); } heap_freetuple(classTup); } /* * Move all indexes for the specified relation to another namespace. * * Note: we assume adequate permission checking was done by the caller, * and that the caller has a suitable lock on the owning relation. */ static void AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved) { List *indexList; ListCell *l; indexList = RelationGetIndexList(rel); foreach(l, indexList) { Oid indexOid = lfirst_oid(l); ObjectAddress thisobj; thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId; thisobj.objectId = indexOid; thisobj.objectSubId = 0; /* * Note: currently, the index will not have its own dependency on the * namespace, so we don't need to do changeDependencyFor(). There's no * row type in pg_type, either. * * XXX this objsMoved test may be pointless -- surely we have a single * dependency link from a relation to each index? */ if (!object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved)) { AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, indexOid, oldNspOid, newNspOid, false, objsMoved); add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved); } } list_free(indexList); } /* * Move all identity and SERIAL-column sequences of the specified relation to another * namespace. * * Note: we assume adequate permission checking was done by the caller, * and that the caller has a suitable lock on the owning relation. */ static void AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved, LOCKMODE lockmode) { Relation depRel; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[2]; HeapTuple tup; /* * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly). */ depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_depend_refclassid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId)); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_depend_refobjid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel))); /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */ scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true, NULL, 2, key); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_depend depForm = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(tup); Relation seqRel; /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */ if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 || depForm->classid != RelationRelationId || depForm->objsubid != 0 || !(depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_AUTO || depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL)) continue; /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */ seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode); /* skip non-sequence relations */ if (RelationGetForm(seqRel)->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE) { /* No need to keep the lock */ relation_close(seqRel, lockmode); continue; } /* Fix the pg_class and pg_depend entries */ AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, depForm->objid, oldNspOid, newNspOid, true, objsMoved); /* * Sequences used to have entries in pg_type, but no longer do. If we * ever re-instate that, we'll need to move the pg_type entry to the * new namespace, too (using AlterTypeNamespaceInternal). */ Assert(RelationGetForm(seqRel)->reltype == InvalidOid); /* Now we can close it. Keep the lock till end of transaction. */ relation_close(seqRel, NoLock); } systable_endscan(scan); relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock); } /* * This code supports * CREATE TEMP TABLE ... ON COMMIT { DROP | PRESERVE ROWS | DELETE ROWS } * * Because we only support this for TEMP tables, it's sufficient to remember * the state in a backend-local data structure. */ /* * Register a newly-created relation's ON COMMIT action. */ void register_on_commit_action(Oid relid, OnCommitAction action) { OnCommitItem *oc; MemoryContext oldcxt; /* * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT * action we need to take. */ if (action == ONCOMMIT_NOOP || action == ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS) return; oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext); oc = (OnCommitItem *) palloc(sizeof(OnCommitItem)); oc->relid = relid; oc->oncommit = action; oc->creating_subid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId(); oc->deleting_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId; /* * We use lcons() here so that ON COMMIT actions are processed in reverse * order of registration. That might not be essential but it seems * reasonable. */ on_commits = lcons(oc, on_commits); MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt); } /* * Unregister any ON COMMIT action when a relation is deleted. * * Actually, we only mark the OnCommitItem entry as to be deleted after commit. */ void remove_on_commit_action(Oid relid) { ListCell *l; foreach(l, on_commits) { OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l); if (oc->relid == relid) { oc->deleting_subid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId(); break; } } } /* * Perform ON COMMIT actions. * * This is invoked just before actually committing, since it's possible * to encounter errors. */ void PreCommit_on_commit_actions(void) { ListCell *l; List *oids_to_truncate = NIL; List *oids_to_drop = NIL; foreach(l, on_commits) { OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l); /* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */ if (oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId) continue; switch (oc->oncommit) { case ONCOMMIT_NOOP: case ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS: /* Do nothing (there shouldn't be such entries, actually) */ break; case ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS: /* * If this transaction hasn't accessed any temporary * relations, we can skip truncating ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS * tables, as they must still be empty. */ if ((MyXactFlags & XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE)) oids_to_truncate = lappend_oid(oids_to_truncate, oc->relid); break; case ONCOMMIT_DROP: oids_to_drop = lappend_oid(oids_to_drop, oc->relid); break; } } /* * Truncate relations before dropping so that all dependencies between * relations are removed after they are worked on. Doing it like this * might be a waste as it is possible that a relation being truncated will * be dropped anyway due to its parent being dropped, but this makes the * code more robust because of not having to re-check that the relation * exists at truncation time. */ if (oids_to_truncate != NIL) heap_truncate(oids_to_truncate); if (oids_to_drop != NIL) { ObjectAddresses *targetObjects = new_object_addresses(); ListCell *l; foreach(l, oids_to_drop) { ObjectAddress object; object.classId = RelationRelationId; object.objectId = lfirst_oid(l); object.objectSubId = 0; Assert(!object_address_present(&object, targetObjects)); add_exact_object_address(&object, targetObjects); } /* * Since this is an automatic drop, rather than one directly initiated * by the user, we pass the PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL flag. */ performMultipleDeletions(targetObjects, DROP_CASCADE, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL | PERFORM_DELETION_QUIETLY); #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING /* * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action, so the * entry should get marked as deleted. */ foreach(l, on_commits) { OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l); if (oc->oncommit != ONCOMMIT_DROP) continue; Assert(oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId); } #endif } } /* * Post-commit or post-abort cleanup for ON COMMIT management. * * All we do here is remove no-longer-needed OnCommitItem entries. * * During commit, remove entries that were deleted during this transaction; * during abort, remove those created during this transaction. */ void AtEOXact_on_commit_actions(bool isCommit) { ListCell *cur_item; foreach(cur_item, on_commits) { OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(cur_item); if (isCommit ? oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId : oc->creating_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId) { /* cur_item must be removed */ on_commits = foreach_delete_current(on_commits, cur_item); pfree(oc); } else { /* cur_item must be preserved */ oc->creating_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId; oc->deleting_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId; } } } /* * Post-subcommit or post-subabort cleanup for ON COMMIT management. * * During subabort, we can immediately remove entries created during this * subtransaction. During subcommit, just relabel entries marked during * this subtransaction as being the parent's responsibility. */ void AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions(bool isCommit, SubTransactionId mySubid, SubTransactionId parentSubid) { ListCell *cur_item; foreach(cur_item, on_commits) { OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(cur_item); if (!isCommit && oc->creating_subid == mySubid) { /* cur_item must be removed */ on_commits = foreach_delete_current(on_commits, cur_item); pfree(oc); } else { /* cur_item must be preserved */ if (oc->creating_subid == mySubid) oc->creating_subid = parentSubid; if (oc->deleting_subid == mySubid) oc->deleting_subid = isCommit ? parentSubid : InvalidSubTransactionId; } } } /* * This is intended as a callback for RangeVarGetRelidExtended(). It allows * the relation to be locked only if (1) it's a plain table, materialized * view, or TOAST table and (2) the current user is the owner (or the * superuser). This meets the permission-checking needs of CLUSTER, REINDEX * TABLE, and REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW; we expose it here so that it can be * used by all. */ void RangeVarCallbackOwnsTable(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) { char relkind; /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */ if (!OidIsValid(relId)) return; /* * If the relation does exist, check whether it's an index. But note that * the relation might have been dropped between the time we did the name * lookup and now. In that case, there's nothing to do. */ relkind = get_rel_relkind(relId); if (!relkind) return; if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE && relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table or materialized view", relation->relname))); /* Check permissions */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relId, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relId)), relation->relname); } /* * Callback to RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for TRUNCATE processing. */ static void RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) { HeapTuple tuple; /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */ if (!OidIsValid(relId)) return; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relId)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relId); truncate_check_rel(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)); truncate_check_perms(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } /* * Callback to RangeVarGetRelidExtended(), similar to * RangeVarCallbackOwnsTable() but without checks on the type of the relation. */ void RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation(const RangeVar *relation, Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg) { HeapTuple tuple; /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */ if (!OidIsValid(relId)) return; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relId)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) /* should not happen */ elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relId); if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relId, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relId)), relation->relname); if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", relation->relname))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } /* * Common RangeVarGetRelid callback for rename, set schema, and alter table * processing. */ static void RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid, void *arg) { Node *stmt = (Node *) arg; ObjectType reltype; HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_class classform; AclResult aclresult; char relkind; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) return; /* concurrently dropped */ classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); relkind = classform->relkind; /* Must own relation. */ if (!pg_class_ownercheck(relid, GetUserId())) aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname); /* No system table modifications unless explicitly allowed. */ if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, classform)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE), errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog", rv->relname))); /* * Extract the specified relation type from the statement parse tree. * * Also, for ALTER .. RENAME, check permissions: the user must (still) * have CREATE rights on the containing namespace. */ if (IsA(stmt, RenameStmt)) { aclresult = pg_namespace_aclcheck(classform->relnamespace, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE); if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK) aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA, get_namespace_name(classform->relnamespace)); reltype = ((RenameStmt *) stmt)->renameType; } else if (IsA(stmt, AlterObjectSchemaStmt)) reltype = ((AlterObjectSchemaStmt *) stmt)->objectType; else if (IsA(stmt, AlterTableStmt)) reltype = ((AlterTableStmt *) stmt)->objtype; else { elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(stmt)); reltype = OBJECT_TABLE; /* placate compiler */ } /* * For compatibility with prior releases, we allow ALTER TABLE to be used * with most other types of relations (but not composite types). We allow * similar flexibility for ALTER INDEX in the case of RENAME, but not * otherwise. Otherwise, the user must select the correct form of the * command for the relation at issue. */ if (reltype == OBJECT_SEQUENCE && relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a sequence", rv->relname))); if (reltype == OBJECT_VIEW && relkind != RELKIND_VIEW) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a view", rv->relname))); if (reltype == OBJECT_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a materialized view", rv->relname))); if (reltype == OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE && relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a foreign table", rv->relname))); if (reltype == OBJECT_TYPE && relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a composite type", rv->relname))); if (reltype == OBJECT_INDEX && relkind != RELKIND_INDEX && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && !IsA(stmt, RenameStmt)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index", rv->relname))); /* * Don't allow ALTER TABLE on composite types. We want people to use ALTER * TYPE for that. */ if (reltype != OBJECT_TYPE && relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is a composite type", rv->relname), errhint("Use ALTER TYPE instead."))); /* * Don't allow ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA on relations that can't be moved * to a different schema, such as indexes and TOAST tables. */ if (IsA(stmt, AlterObjectSchemaStmt) && relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_VIEW && relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE && relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table, view, materialized view, sequence, or foreign table", rv->relname))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); } /* * Transform any expressions present in the partition key * * Returns a transformed PartitionSpec, as well as the strategy code */ static PartitionSpec * transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec, char *strategy) { PartitionSpec *newspec; ParseState *pstate; ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem; ListCell *l; newspec = makeNode(PartitionSpec); newspec->strategy = partspec->strategy; newspec->partParams = NIL; newspec->location = partspec->location; /* Parse partitioning strategy name */ if (pg_strcasecmp(partspec->strategy, "hash") == 0) *strategy = PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH; else if (pg_strcasecmp(partspec->strategy, "list") == 0) *strategy = PARTITION_STRATEGY_LIST; else if (pg_strcasecmp(partspec->strategy, "range") == 0) *strategy = PARTITION_STRATEGY_RANGE; else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("unrecognized partitioning strategy \"%s\"", partspec->strategy))); /* Check valid number of columns for strategy */ if (*strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_LIST && list_length(partspec->partParams) != 1) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot use \"list\" partition strategy with more than one column"))); /* * Create a dummy ParseState and insert the target relation as its sole * rangetable entry. We need a ParseState for transformExpr. */ pstate = make_parsestate(NULL); nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel, AccessShareLock, NULL, false, true); addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, true, true, true); /* take care of any partition expressions */ foreach(l, partspec->partParams) { PartitionElem *pelem = castNode(PartitionElem, lfirst(l)); if (pelem->expr) { /* Copy, to avoid scribbling on the input */ pelem = copyObject(pelem); /* Now do parse transformation of the expression */ pelem->expr = transformExpr(pstate, pelem->expr, EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION); /* we have to fix its collations too */ assign_expr_collations(pstate, pelem->expr); } newspec->partParams = lappend(newspec->partParams, pelem); } return newspec; } /* * Compute per-partition-column information from a list of PartitionElems. * Expressions in the PartitionElems must be parse-analyzed already. */ static void ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs, List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation, char strategy) { int attn; ListCell *lc; Oid am_oid; attn = 0; foreach(lc, partParams) { PartitionElem *pelem = castNode(PartitionElem, lfirst(lc)); Oid atttype; Oid attcollation; if (pelem->name != NULL) { /* Simple attribute reference */ HeapTuple atttuple; Form_pg_attribute attform; atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), pelem->name); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN), errmsg("column \"%s\" named in partition key does not exist", pelem->name), parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location))); attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple); if (attform->attnum <= 0) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot use system column \"%s\" in partition key", pelem->name), parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location))); /* * Generated columns cannot work: They are computed after BEFORE * triggers, but partition routing is done before all triggers. */ if (attform->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot use generated column in partition key"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.", pelem->name), parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location))); partattrs[attn] = attform->attnum; atttype = attform->atttypid; attcollation = attform->attcollation; ReleaseSysCache(atttuple); } else { /* Expression */ Node *expr = pelem->expr; char partattname[16]; Assert(expr != NULL); atttype = exprType(expr); attcollation = exprCollation(expr); /* * The expression must be of a storable type (e.g., not RECORD). * The test is the same as for whether a table column is of a safe * type (which is why we needn't check for the non-expression * case). */ snprintf(partattname, sizeof(partattname), "%d", attn + 1); CheckAttributeType(partattname, atttype, attcollation, NIL, CHKATYPE_IS_PARTKEY); /* * Strip any top-level COLLATE clause. This ensures that we treat * "x COLLATE y" and "(x COLLATE y)" alike. */ while (IsA(expr, CollateExpr)) expr = (Node *) ((CollateExpr *) expr)->arg; if (IsA(expr, Var) && ((Var *) expr)->varattno > 0) { /* * User wrote "(column)" or "(column COLLATE something)". * Treat it like simple attribute anyway. */ partattrs[attn] = ((Var *) expr)->varattno; } else { Bitmapset *expr_attrs = NULL; int i; partattrs[attn] = 0; /* marks the column as expression */ *partexprs = lappend(*partexprs, expr); /* * Try to simplify the expression before checking for * mutability. The main practical value of doing it in this * order is that an inline-able SQL-language function will be * accepted if its expansion is immutable, whether or not the * function itself is marked immutable. * * Note that expression_planner does not change the passed in * expression destructively and we have already saved the * expression to be stored into the catalog above. */ expr = (Node *) expression_planner((Expr *) expr); /* * Partition expression cannot contain mutable functions, * because a given row must always map to the same partition * as long as there is no change in the partition boundary * structure. */ if (contain_mutable_functions(expr)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("functions in partition key expression must be marked IMMUTABLE"))); /* * transformPartitionSpec() should have already rejected * subqueries, aggregates, window functions, and SRFs, based * on the EXPR_KIND_ for partition expressions. */ /* * Cannot allow system column references, since that would * make partition routing impossible: their values won't be * known yet when we need to do that. */ pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs); for (i = FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber; i < 0; i++) { if (bms_is_member(i - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, expr_attrs)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("partition key expressions cannot contain system column references"))); } /* * Generated columns cannot work: They are computed after * BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before all * triggers. */ i = -1; while ((i = bms_next_member(expr_attrs, i)) >= 0) { AttrNumber attno = i + FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber; if (attno > 0 && TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), attno - 1)->attgenerated) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot use generated column in partition key"), errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.", get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attno, false)), parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location))); } /* * While it is not exactly *wrong* for a partition expression * to be a constant, it seems better to reject such keys. */ if (IsA(expr, Const)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot use constant expression as partition key"))); } } /* * Apply collation override if any */ if (pelem->collation) attcollation = get_collation_oid(pelem->collation, false); /* * Check we have a collation iff it's a collatable type. The only * expected failures here are (1) COLLATE applied to a noncollatable * type, or (2) partition expression had an unresolved collation. But * we might as well code this to be a complete consistency check. */ if (type_is_collatable(atttype)) { if (!OidIsValid(attcollation)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION), errmsg("could not determine which collation to use for partition expression"), errhint("Use the COLLATE clause to set the collation explicitly."))); } else { if (OidIsValid(attcollation)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("collations are not supported by type %s", format_type_be(atttype)))); } partcollation[attn] = attcollation; /* * Identify the appropriate operator class. For list and range * partitioning, we use a btree operator class; hash partitioning uses * a hash operator class. */ if (strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH) am_oid = HASH_AM_OID; else am_oid = BTREE_AM_OID; if (!pelem->opclass) { partopclass[attn] = GetDefaultOpClass(atttype, am_oid); if (!OidIsValid(partopclass[attn])) { if (strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"", format_type_be(atttype), "hash"), errhint("You must specify a hash operator class or define a default hash operator class for the data type."))); else ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"", format_type_be(atttype), "btree"), errhint("You must specify a btree operator class or define a default btree operator class for the data type."))); } } else partopclass[attn] = ResolveOpClass(pelem->opclass, atttype, am_oid == HASH_AM_OID ? "hash" : "btree", am_oid); attn++; } } /* * PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint * Do scanrel's existing constraints imply the partition constraint? * * "Existing constraints" include its check constraints and column-level * NOT NULL constraints. partConstraint describes the partition constraint, * in implicit-AND form. */ bool PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint) { List *existConstraint = NIL; TupleConstr *constr = RelationGetDescr(scanrel)->constr; int i; if (constr && constr->has_not_null) { int natts = scanrel->rd_att->natts; for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++) { Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(scanrel->rd_att, i - 1); if (att->attnotnull && !att->attisdropped) { NullTest *ntest = makeNode(NullTest); ntest->arg = (Expr *) makeVar(1, i, att->atttypid, att->atttypmod, att->attcollation, 0); ntest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL; /* * argisrow=false is correct even for a composite column, * because attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT * NULL test in such a case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL. */ ntest->argisrow = false; ntest->location = -1; existConstraint = lappend(existConstraint, ntest); } } } return ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(scanrel, partConstraint, existConstraint); } /* * ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint * Do scanrel's existing constraints imply the given constraint? * * testConstraint is the constraint to validate. provenConstraint is a * caller-provided list of conditions which this function may assume * to be true. Both provenConstraint and testConstraint must be in * implicit-AND form, must only contain immutable clauses, and must * contain only Vars with varno = 1. */ bool ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint) { List *existConstraint = list_copy(provenConstraint); TupleConstr *constr = RelationGetDescr(scanrel)->constr; int num_check, i; num_check = (constr != NULL) ? constr->num_check : 0; for (i = 0; i < num_check; i++) { Node *cexpr; /* * If this constraint hasn't been fully validated yet, we must ignore * it here. */ if (!constr->check[i].ccvalid) continue; cexpr = stringToNode(constr->check[i].ccbin); /* * Run each expression through const-simplification and * canonicalization. It is necessary, because we will be comparing it * to similarly-processed partition constraint expressions, and may * fail to detect valid matches without this. */ cexpr = eval_const_expressions(NULL, cexpr); cexpr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) cexpr, true); existConstraint = list_concat(existConstraint, make_ands_implicit((Expr *) cexpr)); } /* * Try to make the proof. Since we are comparing CHECK constraints, we * need to use weak implication, i.e., we assume existConstraint is * not-false and try to prove the same for testConstraint. * * Note that predicate_implied_by assumes its first argument is known * immutable. That should always be true for both NOT NULL and partition * constraints, so we don't test it here. */ return predicate_implied_by(testConstraint, existConstraint, true); } /* * QueuePartitionConstraintValidation * * Add an entry to wqueue to have the given partition constraint validated by * Phase 3, for the given relation, and all its children. * * We first verify whether the given constraint is implied by pre-existing * relation constraints; if it is, there's no need to scan the table to * validate, so don't queue in that case. */ static void QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel, List *partConstraint, bool validate_default) { /* * Based on the table's existing constraints, determine whether or not we * may skip scanning the table. */ if (PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(scanrel, partConstraint)) { if (!validate_default) ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("partition constraint for table \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints", RelationGetRelationName(scanrel)))); else ereport(DEBUG1, (errmsg_internal("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints", RelationGetRelationName(scanrel)))); return; } /* * Constraints proved insufficient. For plain relations, queue a * validation item now; for partitioned tables, recurse to process each * partition. */ if (scanrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) { AlteredTableInfo *tab; /* Grab a work queue entry. */ tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, scanrel); Assert(tab->partition_constraint == NULL); tab->partition_constraint = (Expr *) linitial(partConstraint); tab->validate_default = validate_default; } else if (scanrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(scanrel, true); int i; for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++) { Relation part_rel; List *thisPartConstraint; /* * This is the minimum lock we need to prevent deadlocks. */ part_rel = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], AccessExclusiveLock); /* * Adjust the constraint for scanrel so that it matches this * partition's attribute numbers. */ thisPartConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1, part_rel, scanrel); QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, part_rel, thisPartConstraint, validate_default); table_close(part_rel, NoLock); /* keep lock till commit */ } } } /* * ALTER TABLE ATTACH PARTITION FOR VALUES * * Return the address of the newly attached partition. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd, AlterTableUtilityContext *context) { Relation attachrel, catalog; List *attachrel_children; List *partConstraint; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData skey; AttrNumber attno; int natts; TupleDesc tupleDesc; ObjectAddress address; const char *trigger_name; Oid defaultPartOid; List *partBoundConstraint; ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL); pstate->p_sourcetext = context->queryString; /* * We must lock the default partition if one exists, because attaching a * new partition will change its partition constraint. */ defaultPartOid = get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true)); if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) LockRelationOid(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock); attachrel = table_openrv(cmd->name, AccessExclusiveLock); /* * XXX I think it'd be a good idea to grab locks on all tables referenced * by FKs at this point also. */ /* * Must be owner of both parent and source table -- parent was checked by * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd */ ATSimplePermissions(attachrel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE); /* A partition can only have one parent */ if (attachrel->rd_rel->relispartition) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("\"%s\" is already a partition", RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)))); if (OidIsValid(attachrel->rd_rel->reloftype)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach a typed table as partition"))); /* * Table being attached should not already be part of inheritance; either * as a child table... */ catalog = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&skey, Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(attachrel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalog, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &skey); if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach inheritance child as partition"))); systable_endscan(scan); /* ...or as a parent table (except the case when it is partitioned) */ ScanKeyInit(&skey, Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(attachrel))); scan = systable_beginscan(catalog, InheritsParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &skey); if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan)) && attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach inheritance parent as partition"))); systable_endscan(scan); table_close(catalog, AccessShareLock); /* * Prevent circularity by seeing if rel is a partition of attachrel. (In * particular, this disallows making a rel a partition of itself.) * * We do that by checking if rel is a member of the list of attachrel's * partitions provided the latter is partitioned at all. We want to avoid * having to construct this list again, so we request the strongest lock * on all partitions. We need the strongest lock, because we may decide * to scan them if we find out that the table being attached (or its leaf * partitions) may contain rows that violate the partition constraint. If * the table has a constraint that would prevent such rows, which by * definition is present in all the partitions, we need not scan the * table, nor its partitions. But we cannot risk a deadlock by taking a * weaker lock now and the stronger one only when needed. */ attachrel_children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(attachrel), AccessExclusiveLock, NULL); if (list_member_oid(attachrel_children, RelationGetRelid(rel))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE), errmsg("circular inheritance not allowed"), errdetail("\"%s\" is already a child of \"%s\".", RelationGetRelationName(rel), RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)))); /* If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. */ if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach a temporary relation as partition of permanent relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* Temp parent cannot have a partition that is itself not a temp */ if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); /* If the parent is temp, it must belong to this session */ if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && !rel->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach as partition of temporary relation of another session"))); /* Ditto for the partition */ if (attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP && !attachrel->rd_islocaltemp) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach temporary relation of another session as partition"))); /* Check if there are any columns in attachrel that aren't in the parent */ tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(attachrel); natts = tupleDesc->natts; for (attno = 1; attno <= natts; attno++) { Form_pg_attribute attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, attno - 1); char *attributeName = NameStr(attribute->attname); /* Ignore dropped */ if (attribute->attisdropped) continue; /* Try to find the column in parent (matching on column name) */ if (!SearchSysCacheExists2(ATTNAME, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)), CStringGetDatum(attributeName))) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH), errmsg("table \"%s\" contains column \"%s\" not found in parent \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errdetail("The new partition may contain only the columns present in parent."))); } /* * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we * currently don't allow it to become a partition. See also prohibitions * in ATExecAddInherit() and CreateTrigger(). */ trigger_name = FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(attachrel->trigdesc); if (trigger_name != NULL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("trigger \"%s\" prevents table \"%s\" from becoming a partition", trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)), errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions"))); /* * Check that the new partition's bound is valid and does not overlap any * of existing partitions of the parent - note that it does not return on * error. */ check_new_partition_bound(RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), rel, cmd->bound, pstate); /* OK to create inheritance. Rest of the checks performed there */ CreateInheritance(attachrel, rel); /* Update the pg_class entry. */ StorePartitionBound(attachrel, rel, cmd->bound); /* Ensure there exists a correct set of indexes in the partition. */ AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(rel, attachrel); /* and triggers */ CloneRowTriggersToPartition(rel, attachrel); /* * Clone foreign key constraints. Callee is responsible for setting up * for phase 3 constraint verification. */ CloneForeignKeyConstraints(wqueue, rel, attachrel); /* * Generate partition constraint from the partition bound specification. * If the parent itself is a partition, make sure to include its * constraint as well. */ partBoundConstraint = get_qual_from_partbound(attachrel, rel, cmd->bound); partConstraint = list_concat(partBoundConstraint, RelationGetPartitionQual(rel)); /* Skip validation if there are no constraints to validate. */ if (partConstraint) { /* * Run the partition quals through const-simplification similar to * check constraints. We skip canonicalize_qual, though, because * partition quals should be in canonical form already. */ partConstraint = (List *) eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) partConstraint); /* XXX this sure looks wrong */ partConstraint = list_make1(make_ands_explicit(partConstraint)); /* * Adjust the generated constraint to match this partition's attribute * numbers. */ partConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1, attachrel, rel); /* Validate partition constraints against the table being attached. */ QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, attachrel, partConstraint, false); } /* * If we're attaching a partition other than the default partition and a * default one exists, then that partition's partition constraint changes, * so add an entry to the work queue to validate it, too. (We must not do * this when the partition being attached is the default one; we already * did it above!) */ if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) { Relation defaultrel; List *defPartConstraint; Assert(!cmd->bound->is_default); /* we already hold a lock on the default partition */ defaultrel = table_open(defaultPartOid, NoLock); defPartConstraint = get_proposed_default_constraint(partBoundConstraint); /* * Map the Vars in the constraint expression from rel's attnos to * defaultrel's. */ defPartConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(defPartConstraint, 1, defaultrel, rel); QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, defaultrel, defPartConstraint, true); /* keep our lock until commit. */ table_close(defaultrel, NoLock); } ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(attachrel)); /* * If the partition we just attached is partitioned itself, invalidate * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; partitions already locked * at the beginning of this function. */ if (attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { ListCell *l; foreach(l, attachrel_children) { CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(lfirst_oid(l)); } } /* keep our lock until commit */ table_close(attachrel, NoLock); return address; } /* * AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes * subroutine for ATExecAttachPartition to create/match indexes * * Enforce the indexing rule for partitioned tables during ALTER TABLE / ATTACH * PARTITION: every partition must have an index attached to each index on the * partitioned table. */ static void AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(Relation rel, Relation attachrel) { List *idxes; List *attachRelIdxs; Relation *attachrelIdxRels; IndexInfo **attachInfos; int i; ListCell *cell; MemoryContext cxt; MemoryContext oldcxt; cxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, "AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes", ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES); oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cxt); idxes = RelationGetIndexList(rel); attachRelIdxs = RelationGetIndexList(attachrel); attachrelIdxRels = palloc(sizeof(Relation) * list_length(attachRelIdxs)); attachInfos = palloc(sizeof(IndexInfo *) * list_length(attachRelIdxs)); /* Build arrays of all existing indexes and their IndexInfos */ i = 0; foreach(cell, attachRelIdxs) { Oid cldIdxId = lfirst_oid(cell); attachrelIdxRels[i] = index_open(cldIdxId, AccessShareLock); attachInfos[i] = BuildIndexInfo(attachrelIdxRels[i]); i++; } /* * If we're attaching a foreign table, we must fail if any of the indexes * is a constraint index; otherwise, there's nothing to do here. Do this * before starting work, to avoid wasting the effort of building a few * non-unique indexes before coming across a unique one. */ if (attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE) { foreach(cell, idxes) { Oid idx = lfirst_oid(cell); Relation idxRel = index_open(idx, AccessShareLock); if (idxRel->rd_index->indisunique || idxRel->rd_index->indisprimary) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE), errmsg("cannot attach foreign table \"%s\" as partition of partitioned table \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), RelationGetRelationName(rel)), errdetail("Partitioned table \"%s\" contains unique indexes.", RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock); } goto out; } /* * For each index on the partitioned table, find a matching one in the * partition-to-be; if one is not found, create one. */ foreach(cell, idxes) { Oid idx = lfirst_oid(cell); Relation idxRel = index_open(idx, AccessShareLock); IndexInfo *info; AttrMap *attmap; bool found = false; Oid constraintOid; /* * Ignore indexes in the partitioned table other than partitioned * indexes. */ if (idxRel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) { index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock); continue; } /* construct an indexinfo to compare existing indexes against */ info = BuildIndexInfo(idxRel); attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(attachrel), RelationGetDescr(rel)); constraintOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel), idx); /* * Scan the list of existing indexes in the partition-to-be, and mark * the first matching, unattached one we find, if any, as partition of * the parent index. If we find one, we're done. */ for (i = 0; i < list_length(attachRelIdxs); i++) { Oid cldIdxId = RelationGetRelid(attachrelIdxRels[i]); Oid cldConstrOid = InvalidOid; /* does this index have a parent? if so, can't use it */ if (attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_rel->relispartition) continue; if (CompareIndexInfo(attachInfos[i], info, attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_indcollation, idxRel->rd_indcollation, attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_opfamily, idxRel->rd_opfamily, attmap)) { /* * If this index is being created in the parent because of a * constraint, then the child needs to have a constraint also, * so look for one. If there is no such constraint, this * index is no good, so keep looking. */ if (OidIsValid(constraintOid)) { cldConstrOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(attachrel), cldIdxId); /* no dice */ if (!OidIsValid(cldConstrOid)) continue; } /* bingo. */ IndexSetParentIndex(attachrelIdxRels[i], idx); if (OidIsValid(constraintOid)) ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid, constraintOid, RelationGetRelid(attachrel)); found = true; CommandCounterIncrement(); break; } } /* * If no suitable index was found in the partition-to-be, create one * now. */ if (!found) { IndexStmt *stmt; Oid constraintOid; stmt = generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL, idxRel, attmap, &constraintOid); DefineIndex(RelationGetRelid(attachrel), stmt, InvalidOid, RelationGetRelid(idxRel), constraintOid, true, false, false, false, false); } index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock); } out: /* Clean up. */ for (i = 0; i < list_length(attachRelIdxs); i++) index_close(attachrelIdxRels[i], AccessShareLock); MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt); MemoryContextDelete(cxt); } /* * CloneRowTriggersToPartition * subroutine for ATExecAttachPartition/DefineRelation to create row * triggers on partitions */ static void CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition) { Relation pg_trigger; ScanKeyData key; SysScanDesc scan; HeapTuple tuple; MemoryContext perTupCxt; ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent))); pg_trigger = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); scan = systable_beginscan(pg_trigger, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); perTupCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext, "clone trig", ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES); while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_trigger trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple); CreateTrigStmt *trigStmt; Node *qual = NULL; Datum value; bool isnull; List *cols = NIL; List *trigargs = NIL; MemoryContext oldcxt; /* * Ignore statement-level triggers; those are not cloned. */ if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigForm->tgtype)) continue; /* * Internal triggers require careful examination. Ideally, we don't * clone them. However, if our parent is itself a partition, there * might be internal triggers that must not be skipped; for example, * triggers on our parent that are in turn clones from its parent (our * grandparent) are marked internal, yet they are to be cloned. * * Note we dare not verify that the other trigger belongs to an * ancestor relation of our parent, because that creates deadlock * opportunities. */ if (trigForm->tgisinternal && (!parent->rd_rel->relispartition || !OidIsValid(trigForm->tgparentid))) continue; /* * Complain if we find an unexpected trigger type. */ if (!TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(trigForm->tgtype) && !TRIGGER_FOR_AFTER(trigForm->tgtype)) elog(ERROR, "unexpected trigger \"%s\" found", NameStr(trigForm->tgname)); /* Use short-lived context for CREATE TRIGGER */ oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt); /* * If there is a WHEN clause, generate a 'cooked' version of it that's * appropriate for the partition. */ value = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual, RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull); if (!isnull) { qual = stringToNode(TextDatumGetCString(value)); qual = (Node *) map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO, partition, parent); qual = (Node *) map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO, partition, parent); } /* * If there is a column list, transform it to a list of column names. * Note we don't need to map this list in any way ... */ if (trigForm->tgattr.dim1 > 0) { int i; for (i = 0; i < trigForm->tgattr.dim1; i++) { Form_pg_attribute col; col = TupleDescAttr(parent->rd_att, trigForm->tgattr.values[i] - 1); cols = lappend(cols, makeString(pstrdup(NameStr(col->attname)))); } } /* Reconstruct trigger arguments list. */ if (trigForm->tgnargs > 0) { char *p; value = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs, RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull); if (isnull) elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null for trigger \"%s\" in partition \"%s\"", NameStr(trigForm->tgname), RelationGetRelationName(partition)); p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(DatumGetByteaPP(value)); for (int i = 0; i < trigForm->tgnargs; i++) { trigargs = lappend(trigargs, makeString(pstrdup(p))); p += strlen(p) + 1; } } trigStmt = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt); trigStmt->replace = false; trigStmt->isconstraint = OidIsValid(trigForm->tgconstraint); trigStmt->trigname = NameStr(trigForm->tgname); trigStmt->relation = NULL; trigStmt->funcname = NULL; /* passed separately */ trigStmt->args = trigargs; trigStmt->row = true; trigStmt->timing = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_TIMING_MASK; trigStmt->events = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_EVENT_MASK; trigStmt->columns = cols; trigStmt->whenClause = NULL; /* passed separately */ trigStmt->transitionRels = NIL; /* not supported at present */ trigStmt->deferrable = trigForm->tgdeferrable; trigStmt->initdeferred = trigForm->tginitdeferred; trigStmt->constrrel = NULL; /* passed separately */ CreateTriggerFiringOn(trigStmt, NULL, RelationGetRelid(partition), trigForm->tgconstrrelid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid, trigForm->tgfoid, trigForm->oid, qual, false, true, trigForm->tgenabled); MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt); MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt); } MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt); systable_endscan(scan); table_close(pg_trigger, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * ALTER TABLE DETACH PARTITION * * Return the address of the relation that is no longer a partition of rel. * * If concurrent mode is requested, we run in two transactions. A side- * effect is that this command cannot run in a multi-part ALTER TABLE. * Currently, that's enforced by the grammar. * * The strategy for concurrency is to first modify the partition's * pg_inherit catalog row to make it visible to everyone that the * partition is detached, lock the partition against writes, and commit * the transaction; anyone who requests the partition descriptor from * that point onwards has to ignore such a partition. In a second * transaction, we wait until all transactions that could have seen the * partition as attached are gone, then we remove the rest of partition * metadata (pg_inherits and pg_class.relpartbounds). */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, RangeVar *name, bool concurrent) { Relation partRel; ObjectAddress address; Oid defaultPartOid; /* * We must lock the default partition, because detaching this partition * will change its partition constraint. */ defaultPartOid = get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true)); if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) { /* * Concurrent detaching when a default partition exists is not * supported. The main problem is that the default partition * constraint would change. And there's a definitional problem: what * should happen to the tuples that are being inserted that belong to * the partition being detached? Putting them on the partition being * detached would be wrong, since they'd become "lost" after the * detaching completes but we cannot put them in the default partition * either until we alter its partition constraint. * * I think we could solve this problem if we effected the constraint * change before committing the first transaction. But the lock would * have to remain AEL and it would cause concurrent query planning to * be blocked, so changing it that way would be even worse. */ if (concurrent) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot detach partitions concurrently when a default partition exists"))); LockRelationOid(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock); } /* * In concurrent mode, the partition is locked with share-update-exclusive * in the first transaction. This allows concurrent transactions to be * doing DML to the partition. */ partRel = table_openrv(name, concurrent ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock); /* * Check inheritance conditions and either delete the pg_inherits row (in * non-concurrent mode) or just set the inhdetachpending flag. */ if (!concurrent) RemoveInheritance(partRel, rel, false); else MarkInheritDetached(partRel, rel); /* * Ensure that foreign keys still hold after this detach. This keeps * locks on the referencing tables, which prevents concurrent transactions * from adding rows that we wouldn't see. For this to work in concurrent * mode, it is critical that the partition appears as no longer attached * for the RI queries as soon as the first transaction commits. */ ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(partRel); /* * Concurrent mode has to work harder; first we add a new constraint to * the partition that matches the partition constraint. Then we close our * existing transaction, and in a new one wait for all processes to catch * up on the catalog updates we've done so far; at that point we can * complete the operation. */ if (concurrent) { Oid partrelid, parentrelid; LOCKTAG tag; char *parentrelname; char *partrelname; /* * Add a new constraint to the partition being detached, which * supplants the partition constraint (unless there is one already). */ DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(wqueue, partRel); /* * We're almost done now; the only traces that remain are the * pg_inherits tuple and the partition's relpartbounds. Before we can * remove those, we need to wait until all transactions that know that * this is a partition are gone. */ /* * Remember relation OIDs to re-acquire them later; and relation names * too, for error messages if something is dropped in between. */ partrelid = RelationGetRelid(partRel); parentrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel); parentrelname = MemoryContextStrdup(PortalContext, RelationGetRelationName(rel)); partrelname = MemoryContextStrdup(PortalContext, RelationGetRelationName(partRel)); /* Invalidate relcache entries for the parent -- must be before close */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); table_close(partRel, NoLock); table_close(rel, NoLock); tab->rel = NULL; /* Make updated catalog entry visible */ PopActiveSnapshot(); CommitTransactionCommand(); StartTransactionCommand(); /* * Now wait. This ensures that all queries that were planned * including the partition are finished before we remove the rest of * catalog entries. We don't need or indeed want to acquire this * lock, though -- that would block later queries. * * We don't need to concern ourselves with waiting for a lock on the * partition itself, since we will acquire AccessExclusiveLock below. */ SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(tag, MyDatabaseId, parentrelid); WaitForLockersMultiple(list_make1(&tag), AccessExclusiveLock, false); /* * Now acquire locks in both relations again. Note they may have been * removed in the meantime, so care is required. */ rel = try_relation_open(parentrelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); partRel = try_relation_open(partrelid, AccessExclusiveLock); /* If the relations aren't there, something bad happened; bail out */ if (rel == NULL) { if (partRel != NULL) /* shouldn't happen */ elog(WARNING, "dangling partition \"%s\" remains, can't fix", partrelname); ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("partitioned table \"%s\" was removed concurrently", parentrelname))); } if (partRel == NULL) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("partition \"%s\" was removed concurrently", partrelname))); tab->rel = rel; } /* Do the final part of detaching */ DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, concurrent, defaultPartOid); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel)); /* keep our lock until commit */ table_close(partRel, NoLock); return address; } /* * Second part of ALTER TABLE .. DETACH. * * This is separate so that it can be run independently when the second * transaction of the concurrent algorithm fails (crash or abort). */ static void DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid) { Relation classRel; List *fks; ListCell *cell; List *indexes; Datum new_val[Natts_pg_class]; bool new_null[Natts_pg_class], new_repl[Natts_pg_class]; HeapTuple tuple, newtuple; if (concurrent) { /* * We can remove the pg_inherits row now. (In the non-concurrent case, * this was already done). */ RemoveInheritance(partRel, rel, true); } /* Drop any triggers that were cloned on creation/attach. */ DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(RelationGetRelid(partRel)); /* * Detach any foreign keys that are inherited. This includes creating * additional action triggers. */ fks = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partRel)); foreach(cell, fks) { ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst(cell); HeapTuple contup; Form_pg_constraint conform; Constraint *fkconstraint; contup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fk->conoid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", fk->conoid); conform = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup); /* consider only the inherited foreign keys */ if (conform->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN || !OidIsValid(conform->conparentid)) { ReleaseSysCache(contup); continue; } /* unset conparentid and adjust conislocal, coninhcount, etc. */ ConstraintSetParentConstraint(fk->conoid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid); /* * Make the action triggers on the referenced relation. When this was * a partition the action triggers pointed to the parent rel (they * still do), but now we need separate ones of our own. */ fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint); fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(NameStr(conform->conname)); fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = conform->confupdtype; fkconstraint->fk_del_action = conform->confdeltype; fkconstraint->deferrable = conform->condeferrable; fkconstraint->initdeferred = conform->condeferred; createForeignKeyActionTriggers(partRel, conform->confrelid, fkconstraint, fk->conoid, conform->conindid); ReleaseSysCache(contup); } list_free_deep(fks); /* * Any sub-constraints that are in the referenced-side of a larger * constraint have to be removed. This partition is no longer part of the * key space of the constraint. */ foreach(cell, GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partRel)) { Oid constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell); ObjectAddress constraint; ConstraintSetParentConstraint(constrOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid); deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(ConstraintRelationId, constrOid, ConstraintRelationId, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL); CommandCounterIncrement(); ObjectAddressSet(constraint, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid); performDeletion(&constraint, DROP_RESTRICT, 0); } /* Now we can detach indexes */ indexes = RelationGetIndexList(partRel); foreach(cell, indexes) { Oid idxid = lfirst_oid(cell); Relation idx; Oid constrOid; if (!has_superclass(idxid)) continue; Assert((IndexGetRelation(get_partition_parent(idxid, false), false) == RelationGetRelid(rel))); idx = index_open(idxid, AccessExclusiveLock); IndexSetParentIndex(idx, InvalidOid); /* If there's a constraint associated with the index, detach it too */ constrOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(partRel), idxid); if (OidIsValid(constrOid)) ConstraintSetParentConstraint(constrOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid); index_close(idx, NoLock); } /* Update pg_class tuple */ classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partRel))); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", RelationGetRelid(partRel)); Assert(((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relispartition); /* Clear relpartbound and reset relispartition */ memset(new_val, 0, sizeof(new_val)); memset(new_null, false, sizeof(new_null)); memset(new_repl, false, sizeof(new_repl)); new_val[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = (Datum) 0; new_null[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true; new_repl[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true; newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(classRel), new_val, new_null, new_repl); ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(newtuple))->relispartition = false; CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple); heap_freetuple(newtuple); table_close(classRel, RowExclusiveLock); if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid)) { /* * If the relation being detached is the default partition itself, * remove it from the parent's pg_partitioned_table entry. * * If not, we must invalidate default partition's relcache entry, as * in StorePartitionBound: its partition constraint depends on every * other partition's partition constraint. */ if (RelationGetRelid(partRel) == defaultPartOid) update_default_partition_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel), InvalidOid); else CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(defaultPartOid); } /* * Invalidate the parent's relcache so that the partition is no longer * included in its partition descriptor. */ CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel); /* * If the partition we just detached is partitioned itself, invalidate * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; must lock partitions * before doing so, using the same lockmode as what partRel has been * locked with by the caller. */ if (partRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) { List *children; children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(partRel), AccessExclusiveLock, NULL); foreach(cell, children) { CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(lfirst_oid(cell)); } } } /* * ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE * * To use when a DETACH PARTITION command previously did not run to * completion; this completes the detaching process. */ static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name) { Relation partRel; ObjectAddress address; Snapshot snap = GetActiveSnapshot(); partRel = table_openrv(name, AccessExclusiveLock); /* * Wait until existing snapshots are gone. This is important if the * second transaction of DETACH PARTITION CONCURRENTLY is canceled: the * user could immediately run DETACH FINALIZE without actually waiting for * existing transactions. We must not complete the detach action until * all such queries are complete (otherwise we would present them with an * inconsistent view of catalogs). */ WaitForOlderSnapshots(snap->xmin, false); DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, true, InvalidOid); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel)); table_close(partRel, NoLock); return address; } /* * DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded * Subroutine for ATExecDetachPartition. Create a constraint that * takes the place of the partition constraint, but avoid creating * a dupe if an constraint already exists which implies the needed * constraint. */ static void DetachAddConstraintIfNeeded(List **wqueue, Relation partRel) { List *constraintExpr; constraintExpr = RelationGetPartitionQual(partRel); constraintExpr = (List *) eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) constraintExpr); /* * Avoid adding a new constraint if the needed constraint is implied by an * existing constraint */ if (!PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(partRel, constraintExpr)) { AlteredTableInfo *tab; Constraint *n; tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, partRel); /* Add constraint on partition, equivalent to the partition constraint */ n = makeNode(Constraint); n->contype = CONSTR_CHECK; n->conname = NULL; n->location = -1; n->is_no_inherit = false; n->raw_expr = NULL; n->cooked_expr = nodeToString(make_ands_explicit(constraintExpr)); n->initially_valid = true; n->skip_validation = true; /* It's a re-add, since it nominally already exists */ ATAddCheckConstraint(wqueue, tab, partRel, n, true, false, true, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock); } } /* * DropClonedTriggersFromPartition * subroutine for ATExecDetachPartition to remove any triggers that were * cloned to the partition when it was created-as-partition or attached. * This undoes what CloneRowTriggersToPartition did. */ static void DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId) { ScanKeyData skey; SysScanDesc scan; HeapTuple trigtup; Relation tgrel; ObjectAddresses *objects; objects = new_object_addresses(); /* * Scan pg_trigger to search for all triggers on this rel. */ ScanKeyInit(&skey, Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId)); tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); scan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &skey); while (HeapTupleIsValid(trigtup = systable_getnext(scan))) { Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup); ObjectAddress trig; /* Ignore triggers that weren't cloned */ if (!OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid)) continue; /* * This is ugly, but necessary: remove the dependency markings on the * trigger so that it can be removed. */ deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid, TriggerRelationId, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI); deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid, RelationRelationId, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC); /* remember this trigger to remove it below */ ObjectAddressSet(trig, TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid); add_exact_object_address(&trig, objects); } /* make the dependency removal visible to the deletion below */ CommandCounterIncrement(); performMultipleDeletions(objects, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL); /* done */ free_object_addresses(objects); systable_endscan(scan); table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * Before acquiring lock on an index, acquire the same lock on the owning * table. */ struct AttachIndexCallbackState { Oid partitionOid; Oid parentTblOid; bool lockedParentTbl; }; static void RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid, void *arg) { struct AttachIndexCallbackState *state; Form_pg_class classform; HeapTuple tuple; state = (struct AttachIndexCallbackState *) arg; if (!state->lockedParentTbl) { LockRelationOid(state->parentTblOid, AccessShareLock); state->lockedParentTbl = true; } /* * If we previously locked some other heap, and the name we're looking up * no longer refers to an index on that relation, release the now-useless * lock. XXX maybe we should do *after* we verify whether the index does * not actually belong to the same relation ... */ if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->partitionOid)) { UnlockRelationOid(state->partitionOid, AccessShareLock); state->partitionOid = InvalidOid; } /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */ if (!OidIsValid(relOid)) return; tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) return; /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */ classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple); if (classform->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX && classform->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index", rv->relname))); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); /* * Since we need only examine the heap's tupledesc, an access share lock * on it (preventing any DDL) is sufficient. */ state->partitionOid = IndexGetRelation(relOid, false); LockRelationOid(state->partitionOid, AccessShareLock); } /* * ALTER INDEX i1 ATTACH PARTITION i2 */ static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name) { Relation partIdx; Relation partTbl; Relation parentTbl; ObjectAddress address; Oid partIdxId; Oid currParent; struct AttachIndexCallbackState state; /* * We need to obtain lock on the index 'name' to modify it, but we also * need to read its owning table's tuple descriptor -- so we need to lock * both. To avoid deadlocks, obtain lock on the table before doing so on * the index. Furthermore, we need to examine the parent table of the * partition, so lock that one too. */ state.partitionOid = InvalidOid; state.parentTblOid = parentIdx->rd_index->indrelid; state.lockedParentTbl = false; partIdxId = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(name, AccessExclusiveLock, 0, RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex, (void *) &state); /* Not there? */ if (!OidIsValid(partIdxId)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT), errmsg("index \"%s\" does not exist", name->relname))); /* no deadlock risk: RangeVarGetRelidExtended already acquired the lock */ partIdx = relation_open(partIdxId, AccessExclusiveLock); /* we already hold locks on both tables, so this is safe: */ parentTbl = relation_open(parentIdx->rd_index->indrelid, AccessShareLock); partTbl = relation_open(partIdx->rd_index->indrelid, NoLock); ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partIdx)); /* Silently do nothing if already in the right state */ currParent = partIdx->rd_rel->relispartition ? get_partition_parent(partIdxId, false) : InvalidOid; if (currParent != RelationGetRelid(parentIdx)) { IndexInfo *childInfo; IndexInfo *parentInfo; AttrMap *attmap; bool found; int i; PartitionDesc partDesc; Oid constraintOid, cldConstrId = InvalidOid; /* * If this partition already has an index attached, refuse the * operation. */ refuseDupeIndexAttach(parentIdx, partIdx, partTbl); if (OidIsValid(currParent)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)), errdetail("Index \"%s\" is already attached to another index.", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx)))); /* Make sure it indexes a partition of the other index's table */ partDesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(parentTbl, true); found = false; for (i = 0; i < partDesc->nparts; i++) { if (partDesc->oids[i] == state.partitionOid) { found = true; break; } } if (!found) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)), errdetail("Index \"%s\" is not an index on any partition of table \"%s\".", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl)))); /* Ensure the indexes are compatible */ childInfo = BuildIndexInfo(partIdx); parentInfo = BuildIndexInfo(parentIdx); attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partTbl), RelationGetDescr(parentTbl)); if (!CompareIndexInfo(childInfo, parentInfo, partIdx->rd_indcollation, parentIdx->rd_indcollation, partIdx->rd_opfamily, parentIdx->rd_opfamily, attmap)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)), errdetail("The index definitions do not match."))); /* * If there is a constraint in the parent, make sure there is one in * the child too. */ constraintOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(parentTbl), RelationGetRelid(parentIdx)); if (OidIsValid(constraintOid)) { cldConstrId = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(partTbl), partIdxId); if (!OidIsValid(cldConstrId)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION), errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)), errdetail("The index \"%s\" belongs to a constraint in table \"%s\" but no constraint exists for index \"%s\".", RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl), RelationGetRelationName(partIdx)))); } /* All good -- do it */ IndexSetParentIndex(partIdx, RelationGetRelid(parentIdx)); if (OidIsValid(constraintOid)) ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrId, constraintOid, RelationGetRelid(partTbl)); free_attrmap(attmap); validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl); } relation_close(parentTbl, AccessShareLock); /* keep these locks till commit */ relation_close(partTbl, NoLock); relation_close(partIdx, NoLock); return address; } /* * Verify whether the given partition already contains an index attached * to the given partitioned index. If so, raise an error. */ static void refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl) { Oid existingIdx; existingIdx = index_get_partition(partitionTbl, RelationGetRelid(parentIdx)); if (OidIsValid(existingIdx)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE), errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"", RelationGetRelationName(partIdx), RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)), errdetail("Another index is already attached for partition \"%s\".", RelationGetRelationName(partitionTbl)))); } /* * Verify whether the set of attached partition indexes to a parent index on * a partitioned table is complete. If it is, mark the parent index valid. * * This should be called each time a partition index is attached. */ static void validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl) { Relation inheritsRel; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key; int tuples = 0; HeapTuple inhTup; bool updated = false; Assert(partedIdx->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX); /* * Scan pg_inherits for this parent index. Count each valid index we find * (verifying the pg_index entry for each), and if we reach the total * amount we expect, we can mark this parent index as valid. */ inheritsRel = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partedIdx))); scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRel, InheritsParentIndexId, true, NULL, 1, &key); while ((inhTup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL) { Form_pg_inherits inhForm = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inhTup); HeapTuple indTup; Form_pg_index indexForm; indTup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(inhForm->inhrelid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indTup)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", inhForm->inhrelid); indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indTup); if (indexForm->indisvalid) tuples += 1; ReleaseSysCache(indTup); } /* Done with pg_inherits */ systable_endscan(scan); table_close(inheritsRel, AccessShareLock); /* * If we found as many inherited indexes as the partitioned table has * partitions, we're good; update pg_index to set indisvalid. */ if (tuples == RelationGetPartitionDesc(partedTbl, true)->nparts) { Relation idxRel; HeapTuple newtup; idxRel = table_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock); newtup = heap_copytuple(partedIdx->rd_indextuple); ((Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(newtup))->indisvalid = true; updated = true; CatalogTupleUpdate(idxRel, &partedIdx->rd_indextuple->t_self, newtup); table_close(idxRel, RowExclusiveLock); } /* * If this index is in turn a partition of a larger index, validating it * might cause the parent to become valid also. Try that. */ if (updated && partedIdx->rd_rel->relispartition) { Oid parentIdxId, parentTblId; Relation parentIdx, parentTbl; /* make sure we see the validation we just did */ CommandCounterIncrement(); parentIdxId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(partedIdx), false); parentTblId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(partedTbl), false); parentIdx = relation_open(parentIdxId, AccessExclusiveLock); parentTbl = relation_open(parentTblId, AccessExclusiveLock); Assert(!parentIdx->rd_index->indisvalid); validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl); relation_close(parentIdx, AccessExclusiveLock); relation_close(parentTbl, AccessExclusiveLock); } } /* * Return an OID list of constraints that reference the given relation * that are marked as having a parent constraints. */ static List * GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition) { Relation pg_constraint; HeapTuple tuple; SysScanDesc scan; ScanKeyData key[2]; List *constraints = NIL; /* * If no indexes, or no columns are referenceable by FKs, we can avoid the * scan. */ if (RelationGetIndexList(partition) == NIL || bms_is_empty(RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(partition, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY))) return NIL; /* Search for constraints referencing this table */ pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock); ScanKeyInit(&key[0], Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partition))); ScanKeyInit(&key[1], Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)); /* XXX This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index */ scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint, InvalidOid, true, NULL, 2, key); while ((tuple = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL) { Form_pg_constraint constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); /* * We only need to process constraints that are part of larger ones. */ if (!OidIsValid(constrForm->conparentid)) continue; constraints = lappend_oid(constraints, constrForm->oid); } systable_endscan(scan); table_close(pg_constraint, AccessShareLock); return constraints; } /* * During DETACH PARTITION, verify that any foreign keys pointing to the * partitioned table would not become invalid. An error is raised if any * referenced values exist. */ static void ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition) { List *constraints; ListCell *cell; constraints = GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partition); foreach(cell, constraints) { Oid constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell); HeapTuple tuple; Form_pg_constraint constrForm; Relation rel; Trigger trig; tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(constrOid)); if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple)) elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constrOid); constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple); Assert(OidIsValid(constrForm->conparentid)); Assert(constrForm->confrelid == RelationGetRelid(partition)); /* prevent data changes into the referencing table until commit */ rel = table_open(constrForm->conrelid, ShareLock); MemSet(&trig, 0, sizeof(trig)); trig.tgoid = InvalidOid; trig.tgname = NameStr(constrForm->conname); trig.tgenabled = TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN; trig.tgisinternal = true; trig.tgconstrrelid = RelationGetRelid(partition); trig.tgconstrindid = constrForm->conindid; trig.tgconstraint = constrForm->oid; trig.tgdeferrable = false; trig.tginitdeferred = false; /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */ RI_PartitionRemove_Check(&trig, rel, partition); ReleaseSysCache(tuple); table_close(rel, NoLock); } } /* * resolve column compression specification to compression method. */ static char GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, char *compression) { char cmethod; if (compression == NULL || strcmp(compression, "default") == 0) return InvalidCompressionMethod; /* * To specify a nondefault method, the column data type must be toastable. * Note this says nothing about whether the column's attstorage setting * permits compression; we intentionally allow attstorage and * attcompression to be independent. But with a non-toastable type, * attstorage could not be set to a value that would permit compression. * * We don't actually need to enforce this, since nothing bad would happen * if attcompression were non-default; it would never be consulted. But * it seems more user-friendly to complain about a certainly-useless * attempt to set the property. */ if (!TypeIsToastable(atttypid)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), errmsg("column data type %s does not support compression", format_type_be(atttypid)))); cmethod = CompressionNameToMethod(compression); if (!CompressionMethodIsValid(cmethod)) ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE), errmsg("invalid compression method \"%s\"", compression))); return cmethod; }